/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * heaptuple.c--
+ * heaptuple.c
* This file contains heap tuple accessor and mutator routines, as well
* as a few various tuple utilities.
*
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/heaptuple.c,v 1.48 1999/02/03 21:15:27 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/heaptuple.c,v 1.49 1999/02/13 23:14:10 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* The old interface functions have been converted to macros
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * heapvalid.c--
+ * heapvalid.c
* heap tuple qualification validity checking code
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/Attic/heapvalid.c,v 1.22 1998/11/27 19:51:28 vadim Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/Attic/heapvalid.c,v 1.23 1999/02/13 23:14:11 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * indextuple.c--
+ * indextuple.c
* This file contains index tuple accessor and mutator routines,
* as well as a few various tuple utilities.
*
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/indextuple.c,v 1.32 1998/09/07 05:35:28 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/indextuple.c,v 1.33 1999/02/13 23:14:11 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * indexvalid.c--
+ * indexvalid.c
* index tuple qualification validity checking code
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/Attic/indexvalid.c,v 1.20 1998/09/01 03:20:44 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/Attic/indexvalid.c,v 1.21 1999/02/13 23:14:12 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * printtup.c--
+ * printtup.c
* Routines to print out tuples to the destination (binary or non-binary
* portals, frontend/interactive backend, etc.).
*
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/printtup.c,v 1.41 1999/01/27 01:11:43 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/printtup.c,v 1.42 1999/02/13 23:14:12 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * scan.c--
+ * scan.c
* scan direction and key code
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/scankey.c,v 1.12 1998/06/15 18:39:22 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/scankey.c,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:14:13 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
- * ScanKeyEntryIsLegal --
+ * ScanKeyEntryIsLegal
* True iff the scan key entry is legal.
*/
#define ScanKeyEntryIsLegal(entry) \
)
/*
- * ScanKeyEntrySetIllegal --
+ * ScanKeyEntrySetIllegal
* Marks a scan key entry as illegal.
*/
void
}
/*
- * ScanKeyEntryInitialize --
+ * ScanKeyEntryInitialize
* Initializes an scan key entry.
*
* Note:
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * tupdesc.c--
+ * tupdesc.c
* POSTGRES tuple descriptor support code
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/tupdesc.c,v 1.47 1999/02/03 21:15:27 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/tupdesc.c,v 1.48 1999/02/13 23:14:14 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* some of the executor utility code such as "ExecTypeFromTL" should be
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * gist.c--
+ * gist.c
* interface routines for the postgres GiST index access method.
*
*
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * gistget.c--
+ * gistget.c
* fetch tuples from a GiST scan.
*
*
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * gistscan.c--
+ * gistscan.c
* routines to manage scans on index relations
*
*
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * giststrat.c--
+ * giststrat.c
* strategy map data for GiSTs.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * hash.c--
+ * hash.c
* Implementation of Margo Seltzer's Hashing package for postgres.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hash.c,v 1.24 1999/02/03 21:15:28 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hash.c,v 1.25 1999/02/13 23:14:17 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* This file contains only the public interface routines.
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * hashfunc.c--
+ * hashfunc.c
* Comparison functions for hash access method.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashfunc.c,v 1.12 1998/09/01 04:26:49 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashfunc.c,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:14:18 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* These functions are stored in pg_amproc. For each operator class
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * hashinsert.c--
+ * hashinsert.c
* Item insertion in hash tables for Postgres.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashinsert.c,v 1.14 1998/09/01 03:20:56 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashinsert.c,v 1.15 1999/02/13 23:14:19 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * hashovfl.c--
+ * hashovfl.c
* Overflow page management code for the Postgres hash access method
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashovfl.c,v 1.19 1999/02/03 21:15:28 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashovfl.c,v 1.20 1999/02/13 23:14:19 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* Overflow pages look like ordinary relation pages.
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * hashpage.c--
+ * hashpage.c
* Hash table page management code for the Postgres hash access method
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashpage.c,v 1.18 1998/12/15 12:45:10 vadim Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashpage.c,v 1.19 1999/02/13 23:14:20 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* Postgres hash pages look like ordinary relation pages. The opaque
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * hashscan.c--
+ * hashscan.c
* manage scans on hash tables
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashscan.c,v 1.16 1998/09/01 03:20:59 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashscan.c,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:14:20 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* Because we can be doing an index scan on a relation while we
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * hashsearch.c--
+ * hashsearch.c
* search code for postgres hash tables
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashsearch.c,v 1.16 1998/09/01 03:21:01 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashsearch.c,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:14:20 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * btstrat.c--
+ * btstrat.c
* Srategy map entries for the btree indexed access method
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/Attic/hashstrat.c,v 1.12 1998/09/01 03:21:02 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/Attic/hashstrat.c,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:14:21 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * btutils.c--
+ * btutils.c
* Utility code for Postgres btree implementation.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashutil.c,v 1.14 1998/09/01 03:21:03 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashutil.c,v 1.15 1999/02/13 23:14:21 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * heapam.c--
+ * heapam.c
* heap access method code
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/heap/heapam.c,v 1.40 1999/01/29 09:22:51 vadim Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/heap/heapam.c,v 1.41 1999/02/13 23:14:22 momjian Exp $
*
*
* INTERFACE ROUTINES
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * hio.c--
+ * hio.c
* POSTGRES heap access method input/output code.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Id: hio.c,v 1.16 1999/02/02 03:43:57 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: hio.c,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:14:24 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * stats.c--
+ * stats.c
* heap access method debugging statistic collection routines
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/heap/Attic/stats.c,v 1.14 1998/12/15 12:45:15 vadim Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/heap/Attic/stats.c,v 1.15 1999/02/13 23:14:25 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* initam should be moved someplace else.
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * genam.c--
+ * genam.c
* general index access method routines
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/index/genam.c,v 1.15 1998/10/08 18:29:14 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/index/genam.c,v 1.16 1999/02/13 23:14:29 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* many of the old access method routines have been turned into
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * indexam.c--
+ * indexam.c
* general index access method routines
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/index/indexam.c,v 1.29 1998/12/15 12:45:15 vadim Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/index/indexam.c,v 1.30 1999/02/13 23:14:30 momjian Exp $
*
* INTERFACE ROUTINES
* index_open - open an index relation by relationId
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * istrat.c--
+ * istrat.c
* index scan strategy manipulation code and index strategy manipulation
* operator code.
*
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/index/Attic/istrat.c,v 1.30 1999/02/03 21:15:30 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/index/Attic/istrat.c,v 1.31 1999/02/13 23:14:30 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
*/
/*
- * StrategyMapGetScanKeyEntry --
+ * StrategyMapGetScanKeyEntry
* Returns a scan key entry of a index strategy mapping member.
*
* Note:
}
/*
- * IndexStrategyGetStrategyMap --
+ * IndexStrategyGetStrategyMap
* Returns an index strategy mapping of an index strategy.
*
* Note:
}
/*
- * AttributeNumberGetIndexStrategySize --
+ * AttributeNumberGetIndexStrategySize
* Computes the size of an index strategy.
*/
Size
/*
- * IndexSupportInitialize --
+ * IndexSupportInitialize
* Initializes an index strategy and associated support procedures.
*/
void
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * nbtcompare.c--
+ * nbtcompare.c
* Comparison functions for btree access method.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtcompare.c,v 1.20 1999/01/20 16:24:59 thomas Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtcompare.c,v 1.21 1999/02/13 23:14:31 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* These functions are stored in pg_amproc. For each operator class
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * btinsert.c--
+ * btinsert.c
* Item insertion in Lehman and Yao btrees for Postgres.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtinsert.c,v 1.34 1999/02/03 21:15:32 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtinsert.c,v 1.35 1999/02/13 23:14:34 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * nbtpage.c--
+ * nbtpage.c
* BTree-specific page management code for the Postgres btree access
* method.
*
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtpage.c,v 1.17 1998/12/15 12:45:23 vadim Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtpage.c,v 1.18 1999/02/13 23:14:35 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* Postgres btree pages look like ordinary relation pages. The opaque
{
/*
- * Cargo-cult programming -- don't really need this to be zero, but
+ * Cargo_cult programming -- don't really need this to be zero, but
* creating new pages is an infrequent occurrence and it makes me feel
* good when I know they're empty.
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * btree.c--
+ * btree.c
* Implementation of Lehman and Yao's btree management algorithm for
* Postgres.
*
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtree.c,v 1.34 1998/11/27 19:51:40 vadim Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtree.c,v 1.35 1999/02/13 23:14:36 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* This file contains only the public interface routines.
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * btscan.c--
+ * btscan.c
* manage scans on btrees.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/Attic/nbtscan.c,v 1.18 1998/09/01 04:27:04 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/Attic/nbtscan.c,v 1.19 1999/02/13 23:14:36 momjian Exp $
*
*
* NOTES
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * btsearch.c--
+ * btsearch.c
* search code for postgres btrees.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsearch.c,v 1.39 1998/11/02 15:28:36 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsearch.c,v 1.40 1999/02/13 23:14:36 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * btsort.c--
+ * btsort.c
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Id: nbtsort.c,v 1.35 1999/02/03 21:15:36 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: nbtsort.c,v 1.36 1999/02/13 23:14:36 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
*
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * btstrat.c--
+ * btstrat.c
* Srategy map entries for the btree indexed access method
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/Attic/nbtstrat.c,v 1.7 1998/09/01 03:21:21 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/Attic/nbtstrat.c,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:14:37 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * btutils.c--
+ * btutils.c
* Utility code for Postgres btree implementation.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtutils.c,v 1.24 1999/02/03 21:15:36 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtutils.c,v 1.25 1999/02/13 23:14:37 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * rtget.c--
+ * rtget.c
* fetch tuples from an rtree scan.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/rtree/Attic/rtget.c,v 1.12 1998/09/01 04:27:09 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/rtree/Attic/rtget.c,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:14:41 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * rtproc.c--
+ * rtproc.c
* pg_amproc entries for rtrees.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/rtree/Attic/rtproc.c,v 1.17 1998/09/01 03:21:26 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/rtree/Attic/rtproc.c,v 1.18 1999/02/13 23:14:42 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * rtree.c--
+ * rtree.c
* interface routines for the postgres rtree indexed access method.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/rtree/Attic/rtree.c,v 1.30 1998/12/15 12:45:25 vadim Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/rtree/Attic/rtree.c,v 1.31 1999/02/13 23:14:42 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * rtscan.c--
+ * rtscan.c
* routines to manage scans on index relations
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/rtree/Attic/rtscan.c,v 1.21 1999/02/03 21:15:37 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/rtree/Attic/rtscan.c,v 1.22 1999/02/13 23:14:43 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * rtstrat.c--
+ * rtstrat.c
* strategy map data for rtrees.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/rtree/Attic/rtstrat.c,v 1.10 1998/09/01 04:27:13 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/rtree/Attic/rtstrat.c,v 1.11 1999/02/13 23:14:43 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * transam.c--
+ * transam.c
* postgres transaction log/time interface routines
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/transam.c,v 1.22 1999/02/03 21:15:41 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/transam.c,v 1.23 1999/02/13 23:14:46 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* This file contains the high level access-method interface to the
*/
/*
- * InitializeTransactionLog --
+ * InitializeTransactionLog
* Initializes transaction logging.
*/
void
*/
/*
- * TransactionIdDidCommit --
+ * TransactionIdDidCommit
* True iff transaction associated with the identifier did commit.
*
* Note:
}
/*
- * TransactionIdDidAborted --
+ * TransactionIdDidAborted
* True iff transaction associated with the identifier did abort.
*
* Note:
*/
/*
- * TransactionIdCommit --
+ * TransactionIdCommit
* Commits the transaction associated with the identifier.
*
* Note:
}
/*
- * TransactionIdAbort --
+ * TransactionIdAbort
* Aborts the transaction associated with the identifier.
*
* Note:
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * transsup.c--
+ * transsup.c
* postgres transaction access method support code
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/Attic/transsup.c,v 1.19 1999/02/03 21:15:45 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/Attic/transsup.c,v 1.20 1999/02/13 23:14:47 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* This file contains support functions for the high
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * varsup.c--
+ * varsup.c
* postgres variable relation support routines
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/varsup.c,v 1.18 1998/12/18 09:10:17 vadim Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/varsup.c,v 1.19 1999/02/13 23:14:48 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* In the version 2 transaction system, transaction id's are
* restricted in several ways.
*
- * -- Old comments removed --
+ * -- Old comments removed
*
* Second, since we may someday preform compression of the data
* in the log and time relations, we cause the numbering of the
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * xact.c--
+ * xact.c
* top level transaction system support routines
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/xact.c,v 1.31 1999/02/03 21:15:45 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/xact.c,v 1.32 1999/02/13 23:14:49 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* Transaction aborts can now occur two ways:
break;
/* ----------------
- * As with BEGIN, we should never experience this --
+ * As with BEGIN, we should never experience this
* if we do it means the END state was not changed in the
* previous CommitTransactionCommand(). If we get it, we
* print a warning, commit the transaction, start a new
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * xid.c--
+ * xid.c
* POSTGRES transaction identifier code.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: xid.c,v 1.20 1998/12/14 06:50:17 scrappy Exp $
+ * $Id: xid.c,v 1.21 1999/02/13 23:14:49 momjian Exp $
*
* OLD COMMENTS
* XXX WARNING
%{
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * backendparse.y--
+ * backendparse.y
* yacc parser grammer for the "backend" initialization program.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/bootstrap/bootparse.y,v 1.23 1999/02/02 03:44:03 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/bootstrap/bootparse.y,v 1.24 1999/02/13 23:14:51 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
%{
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * bootscanner.lex--
+ * bootscanner.lex
* a lexical scanner for the bootstrap parser
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/bootstrap/bootscanner.l,v 1.11 1998/08/24 01:13:38 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/bootstrap/bootscanner.l,v 1.12 1999/02/13 23:14:52 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * bootstrap.c--
+ * bootstrap.c
* routines to support running postgres in 'bootstrap' mode
* bootstrap mode is used to create the initial template database
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/bootstrap/bootstrap.c,v 1.54 1999/02/03 21:15:46 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/bootstrap/bootstrap.c,v 1.55 1999/02/13 23:14:52 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * aclchk.c--
+ * aclchk.c
* Routines to check access control permissions.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/aclchk.c,v 1.18 1998/12/15 12:45:39 vadim Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/aclchk.c,v 1.19 1999/02/13 23:14:54 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* See acl.h.
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * catalog.c--
+ * catalog.c
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/catalog.c,v 1.19 1998/12/14 05:18:36 scrappy Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/catalog.c,v 1.20 1999/02/13 23:14:55 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
}
/*
- * IsSystemRelationName --
+ * IsSystemRelationName
* True iff name is the name of a system catalog relation.
*
* We now make a new requirement where system catalog relns must begin
}
/*
- * IsSharedSystemRelationName --
+ * IsSharedSystemRelationName
* True iff name is the name of a shared system catalog relation.
*/
bool
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * heap.c--
+ * heap.c
* code to create and destroy POSTGRES heap relations
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/heap.c,v 1.73 1999/02/09 17:02:42 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/heap.c,v 1.74 1999/02/13 23:14:55 momjian Exp $
*
*
* INTERFACE ROUTINES
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * index.c--
+ * index.c
* code to create and destroy POSTGRES index relations
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/index.c,v 1.69 1999/02/03 21:15:54 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/index.c,v 1.70 1999/02/13 23:14:56 momjian Exp $
*
*
* INTERFACE ROUTINES
}
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
- * AccessMethodObjectIdGetForm --
+ * AccessMethodObjectIdGetForm
* Returns the formated access method tuple given its object identifier.
*
* XXX ADD INDEXING
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * indexing.c--
+ * indexing.c
* This file contains routines to support indices defined on system
* catalogs.
*
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/indexing.c,v 1.35 1999/02/02 03:44:13 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/indexing.c,v 1.36 1999/02/13 23:14:57 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pg_aggregate.c--
+ * pg_aggregate.c
* routines to support manipulation of the pg_aggregate relation
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_aggregate.c,v 1.19 1999/02/03 21:15:56 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_aggregate.c,v 1.20 1999/02/13 23:14:57 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pg_operator.c--
+ * pg_operator.c
* routines to support manipulation of the pg_operator relation
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_operator.c,v 1.32 1999/02/03 21:15:56 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_operator.c,v 1.33 1999/02/13 23:14:57 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* these routines moved here from commands/define.c and somewhat cleaned up.
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pg_proc.c--
+ * pg_proc.c
* routines to support manipulation of the pg_proc relation
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_proc.c,v 1.24 1998/11/27 19:51:51 vadim Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_proc.c,v 1.25 1999/02/13 23:14:58 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pg_type.c--
+ * pg_type.c
* routines to support manipulation of the pg_type relation
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_type.c,v 1.34 1999/02/06 16:50:22 wieck Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_type.c,v 1.35 1999/02/13 23:14:59 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * version.c--
+ * version.c
* This file contains all the rules that govern all version semantics.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
* doesn't work! - jolly 8/19/95
*
*
- * $Id: version.c,v 1.17 1998/12/14 06:50:19 scrappy Exp $
+ * $Id: version.c,v 1.18 1999/02/13 23:15:12 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* At the point the version is defined, 2 physical relations are created
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * async.c--
+ * async.c
* Asynchronous notification: NOTIFY, LISTEN, UNLISTEN
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/async.c,v 1.43 1998/12/15 12:45:50 vadim Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/async.c,v 1.44 1999/02/13 23:15:00 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
- * Async_Notify --
+ * Async_Notify
*
* This is executed by the SQL notify command.
*
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
- * Async_Listen --
+ * Async_Listen
*
* This is executed by the SQL listen command.
*
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
- * Async_Unlisten --
+ * Async_Unlisten
*
* This is executed by the SQL unlisten command.
*
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
- * Async_UnlistenAll --
+ * Async_UnlistenAll
*
* Unlisten all relations for this backend.
*
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
- * Async_UnlistenOnExit --
+ * Async_UnlistenOnExit
*
* Clean up the pg_listener table at backend exit.
*
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
- * AtCommit_Notify --
+ * AtCommit_Notify
*
* This is called at transaction commit.
*
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
- * AtAbort_Notify --
+ * AtAbort_Notify
*
* This is called at transaction abort.
*
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
- * Async_NotifyHandler --
+ * Async_NotifyHandler
*
* This is the signal handler for SIGUSR2.
*
/*
* --------------------------------------------------------------
- * EnableNotifyInterrupt --
+ * EnableNotifyInterrupt
*
* This is called by the PostgresMain main loop just before waiting
* for a frontend command. If we are truly idle (ie, *not* inside
/*
* --------------------------------------------------------------
- * DisableNotifyInterrupt --
+ * DisableNotifyInterrupt
*
* This is called by the PostgresMain main loop just after receiving
* a frontend command. Signal handler execution of inbound notifies
/*
* --------------------------------------------------------------
- * ProcessIncomingNotify --
+ * ProcessIncomingNotify
*
* Deal with arriving NOTIFYs from other backends.
* This is called either directly from the SIGUSR2 signal handler,
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * cluster.c--
+ * cluster.c
* Paul Brown's implementation of cluster index.
*
* I am going to use the rename function as a model for this in the
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/cluster.c,v 1.37 1999/02/03 21:16:02 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/cluster.c,v 1.38 1999/02/13 23:15:02 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * command.c--
+ * command.c
* random postgres portal and utility support code
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/Attic/command.c,v 1.37 1999/02/08 14:14:08 wieck Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/Attic/command.c,v 1.38 1999/02/13 23:15:03 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* The PortalExecutorHeapMemory crap needs to be eliminated
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * copy.c--
+ * copy.c
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/copy.c,v 1.72 1999/02/07 16:17:10 wieck Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/copy.c,v 1.73 1999/02/13 23:15:04 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * creatinh.c--
+ * creatinh.c
* POSTGRES create/destroy relation with inheritance utility code.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/Attic/creatinh.c,v 1.39 1999/02/03 21:16:03 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/Attic/creatinh.c,v 1.40 1999/02/13 23:15:05 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void StoreCatalogInheritance(Oid relationId, List *supers);
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
- * DefineRelation --
+ * DefineRelation
* Creates a new relation.
* ----------------------------------------------------------------
*/
}
/*
- * RemoveRelation --
+ * RemoveRelation
* Deletes a new relation.
*
* Exceptions:
/*
- * MergeAttributes --
+ * MergeAttributes
* Returns new schema given initial schema and supers.
*
*
}
/*
- * StoreCatalogInheritance --
+ * StoreCatalogInheritance
* Updates the system catalogs with proper inheritance information.
*/
static void
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * dbcommands.c--
+ * dbcommands.c
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/dbcommands.c,v 1.29 1999/01/17 06:18:17 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/dbcommands.c,v 1.30 1999/02/13 23:15:05 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * defind.c--
+ * defind.c
* POSTGRES define, extend and remove index code.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/Attic/defind.c,v 1.33 1999/02/03 21:16:04 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/Attic/defind.c,v 1.34 1999/02/13 23:15:05 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static char *GetDefaultOpClass(Oid atttypid);
/*
- * DefineIndex --
+ * DefineIndex
* Creates a new index.
*
* 'attributeList' is a list of IndexElem specifying either a functional
/*
- * ExtendIndex --
+ * ExtendIndex
* Extends a partial index.
*
* Exceptions:
}
/*
- * RemoveIndex --
+ * RemoveIndex
* Deletes an index.
*
* Exceptions:
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * define.c--
+ * define.c
*
* These routines execute some of the CREATE statements. In an earlier
* version of Postgres, these were "define" statements.
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/define.c,v 1.26 1998/09/01 03:22:00 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/define.c,v 1.27 1999/02/13 23:15:06 momjian Exp $
*
* DESCRIPTION
* The "DefineFoo" routines take the parse tree and pick out the
/*
- * CreateFunction --
+ * CreateFunction
* Execute a CREATE FUNCTION utility statement.
*
*/
/* --------------------------------
- * DefineOperator--
+ * DefineOperator
*
* this function extracts all the information from the
* parameter list generated by the parser and then has
}
/*
- * DefineType --
+ * DefineType
* Registers a new type.
*
*/
/*
- * explain.c--
+ * explain.c
* Explain the query execution plan
*
* Copyright (c) 1994-5, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: explain.c,v 1.31 1999/02/09 17:02:43 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: explain.c,v 1.32 1999/02/13 23:15:06 momjian Exp $
*
*/
#include
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * proclang.c--
+ * proclang.c
* PostgreSQL PROCEDURAL LANGUAGE support code.
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * recipe.c--
+ * recipe.c
* routines for handling execution of Tioga recipes
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/Attic/recipe.c,v 1.27 1999/02/02 03:44:20 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/Attic/recipe.c,v 1.28 1999/02/13 23:15:07 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * remove.c--
+ * remove.c
* POSTGRES remove (function | type | operator ) utilty code.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/Attic/remove.c,v 1.31 1998/12/15 12:45:57 vadim Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/Attic/remove.c,v 1.32 1999/02/13 23:15:08 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#endif
/*
- * RemoveOperator --
+ * RemoveOperator
* Deletes an operator.
*
* Exceptions:
}
/*
- * RemoveFunction --
+ * RemoveFunction
* Deletes a function.
*
* Exceptions:
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * rename.c--
+ * rename.c
* renameatt() and renamerel() reside here.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/Attic/rename.c,v 1.20 1999/02/02 03:44:20 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/Attic/rename.c,v 1.21 1999/02/13 23:15:09 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * sequence.c--
+ * sequence.c
* PostgreSQL sequences support code.
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
static int get_param(DefElem *def);
/*
- * DefineSequence --
+ * DefineSequence
* Creates a new sequence relation
*/
void
/*
- * CloseSequences --
+ * CloseSequences
* is calling by xact mgr at commit/abort.
*/
void
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * trigger.c--
+ * trigger.c
* PostgreSQL TRIGGERs support code.
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * user.c--
+ * user.c
* use pg_exec_query to create a new user in the catalog
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: user.c,v 1.23 1998/12/15 12:46:00 vadim Exp $
+ * $Id: user.c,v 1.24 1999/02/13 23:15:11 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * vacuum.c--
+ * vacuum.c
* the postgres vacuum cleaner
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/vacuum.c,v 1.94 1999/02/03 21:16:04 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/vacuum.c,v 1.95 1999/02/13 23:15:11 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * view.c--
+ * view.c
* use rewrite rules to construct views
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: view.c,v 1.31 1999/02/03 21:16:06 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: view.c,v 1.32 1999/02/13 23:15:12 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * execAmi.c--
+ * execAmi.c
* miscellanious executor access method routines
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: execAmi.c,v 1.31 1999/02/09 17:02:44 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: execAmi.c,v 1.32 1999/02/13 23:15:14 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * execFlatten.c--
+ * execFlatten.c
* This file handles the nodes associated with flattening sets in the
* target list of queries containing functions returning sets.
*
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/Attic/execFlatten.c,v 1.7 1998/09/01 04:28:14 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/Attic/execFlatten.c,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:15:16 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * junk.c--
+ * junk.c
* Junk attribute support stuff....
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execJunk.c,v 1.15 1999/02/03 21:16:10 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execJunk.c,v 1.16 1999/02/13 23:15:16 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * execMain.c--
+ * execMain.c
* top level executor interface routines
*
* INTERFACE ROUTINES
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execMain.c,v 1.76 1999/02/08 14:14:09 wieck Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execMain.c,v 1.77 1999/02/13 23:15:17 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * execProcnode.c--
+ * execProcnode.c
* contains dispatch functions which call the appropriate "initialize",
* "get a tuple", and "cleanup" routines for the given node type.
* If the node has children, then it will presumably call ExecInitNode,
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execProcnode.c,v 1.12 1998/09/01 03:22:17 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execProcnode.c,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:15:17 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * execQual.c--
+ * execQual.c
* Routines to evaluate qualification and targetlist expressions
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execQual.c,v 1.42 1999/02/03 21:16:10 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execQual.c,v 1.43 1999/02/13 23:15:18 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * execScan.c--
+ * execScan.c
* This code provides support for generalized relation scans. ExecScan
* is passed a node and a pointer to a function to "do the right thing"
* and return a tuple from the relation. ExecScan then does the tedious
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execScan.c,v 1.8 1998/09/01 04:28:20 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execScan.c,v 1.9 1999/02/13 23:15:18 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * execTuples.c--
+ * execTuples.c
* Routines dealing with the executor tuple tables. These are used to
* ensure that the executor frees copies of tuples (made by
* ExecTargetList) properly.
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execTuples.c,v 1.22 1999/02/03 21:16:11 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execTuples.c,v 1.23 1999/02/13 23:15:19 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * execUtils.c--
+ * execUtils.c
* miscellanious executor utility routines
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execUtils.c,v 1.42 1999/02/03 21:16:11 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execUtils.c,v 1.43 1999/02/13 23:15:20 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* Routines dealing with the structure 'attribute' which conatains
* the type information about attributes in a tuple:
*
- * ExecMakeTypeInfo(noType) --
+ * ExecMakeTypeInfo(noType)
* returns pointer to array of 'noType' structure 'attribute'.
- * ExecSetTypeInfo(index, typeInfo, attNum, attLen) --
+ * ExecSetTypeInfo(index, typeInfo, attNum, attLen)
* sets the element indexed by 'index' in typeInfo with
* the values: attNum, attLen.
- * ExecFreeTypeInfo(typeInfo) --
+ * ExecFreeTypeInfo(typeInfo)
* frees the structure 'typeInfo'.
* ----------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * functions.c--
+ * functions.c
* Routines to handle functions called from the executor
* Putting this stuff in fmgr makes the postmaster a mess....
*
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/functions.c,v 1.23 1999/02/08 14:14:09 wieck Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/functions.c,v 1.24 1999/02/13 23:15:20 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * nodeAgg.c--
+ * nodeAgg.c
* Routines to handle aggregate nodes.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * nodeAppend.c--
+ * nodeAppend.c
* routines to handle append nodes.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeAppend.c,v 1.16 1999/02/03 21:16:12 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeAppend.c,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:15:21 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static bool exec_append_initialize_next(Append *node);
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
- * exec-append-initialize-next
+ * exec_append_initialize_next
*
* Sets up the append node state (i.e. the append state node)
* for the "next" scan.
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * nodeGroup.c--
+ * nodeGroup.c
* Routines to handle group nodes (used for queries with GROUP BY clause).
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
* columns. (ie. tuples from the same group are consecutive)
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeGroup.c,v 1.24 1999/01/24 05:40:47 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeGroup.c,v 1.25 1999/02/13 23:15:21 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * nodeHash.c--
+ * nodeHash.c
* Routines to hash relations for hashjoin
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
- * $Id: nodeHash.c,v 1.30 1999/02/03 21:16:12 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: nodeHash.c,v 1.31 1999/02/13 23:15:22 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * nodeHashjoin.c--
+ * nodeHashjoin.c
* Routines to handle hash join nodes
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeHashjoin.c,v 1.16 1999/02/03 21:16:13 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeHashjoin.c,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:15:23 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * nodeIndexscan.c--
+ * nodeIndexscan.c
* Routines to support indexes and indexed scans of relations
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeIndexscan.c,v 1.31 1999/02/03 21:16:14 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeIndexscan.c,v 1.32 1999/02/13 23:15:24 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * nodeMaterial.c--
+ * nodeMaterial.c
* Routines to handle materialization nodes.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeMaterial.c,v 1.20 1999/02/09 17:02:44 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeMaterial.c,v 1.21 1999/02/13 23:15:24 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * nodeMergejoin.c--
+ * nodeMergejoin.c
* routines supporting merge joins
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeMergejoin.c,v 1.20 1999/02/03 21:16:14 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeMergejoin.c,v 1.21 1999/02/13 23:15:24 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * nodeNestloop.c--
+ * nodeNestloop.c
* routines to support nest-loop joins
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeNestloop.c,v 1.10 1998/06/15 19:28:22 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeNestloop.c,v 1.11 1999/02/13 23:15:25 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * nodeResult.c--
+ * nodeResult.c
* support for constant nodes needing special code.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
* SeqScan (emp.all)
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeResult.c,v 1.8 1998/02/26 04:31:31 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeResult.c,v 1.9 1999/02/13 23:15:26 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * nodeSeqscan.c--
+ * nodeSeqscan.c
* Support routines for sequential scans of relations.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeSeqscan.c,v 1.16 1999/01/29 09:22:58 vadim Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeSeqscan.c,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:15:26 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * nodeSort.c--
+ * nodeSort.c
* Routines to handle sorting of relations.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeSort.c,v 1.17 1999/02/09 17:02:45 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeSort.c,v 1.18 1999/02/13 23:15:27 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * nodeSubplan.c--
+ * nodeSubplan.c
* routines to support subselects
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * nodeTee.c--
+ * nodeTee.c
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
* ExecInitTee
* ExecEndTee
*
- * $Id: nodeTee.c,v 1.29 1999/02/02 03:44:24 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: nodeTee.c,v 1.30 1999/02/13 23:15:29 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * nodeUnique.c--
+ * nodeUnique.c
* Routines to handle unique'ing of queries where appropriate
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeUnique.c,v 1.19 1999/01/24 05:40:48 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeUnique.c,v 1.20 1999/02/13 23:15:29 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * spi.c--
+ * spi.c
* Server Programming Interface
*
- * $Id: spi.c,v 1.33 1999/02/08 14:14:10 wieck Exp $
+ * $Id: spi.c,v 1.34 1999/02/13 23:15:30 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* =================== private functions =================== */
/*
- * spi_printtup --
+ * spi_printtup
* store tuple retrieved by Executor into SPITupleTable
* of current SPI procedure
*
}
/*
- * _SPI_begin_call --
+ * _SPI_begin_call
*
*/
static int
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * bit.c--
+ * bit.c
* Standard bit array code.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/lib/Attic/bit.c,v 1.5 1997/09/07 04:41:54 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/lib/Attic/bit.c,v 1.6 1999/02/13 23:15:32 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * dllist.c--
+ * dllist.c
* this is a simple doubly linked list implementation
* replaces the old simplelists stuff
* the elements of the lists are void*
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/lib/dllist.c,v 1.11 1998/09/01 03:22:35 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/lib/dllist.c,v 1.12 1999/02/13 23:15:34 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * fstack.c--
+ * fstack.c
* Fixed format stack definitions.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/lib/Attic/fstack.c,v 1.9 1998/09/01 03:22:37 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/lib/Attic/fstack.c,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:15:34 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
*/
/*
- * FixedItemIsValid --
+ * FixedItemIsValid
* True iff item is valid.
*/
#define FixedItemIsValid(item) PointerIsValid(item)
/*
- * FixedStackGetItemBase --
+ * FixedStackGetItemBase
* Returns base of enclosing structure.
*/
#define FixedStackGetItemBase(stack, item) \
((Pointer)((char *)(item) - (stack)->offset))
/*
- * FixedStackGetItem --
+ * FixedStackGetItem
* Returns item of given pointer to enclosing structure.
*/
#define FixedStackGetItem(stack, pointer) \
#ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
/*
- * FixedStackContains --
+ * FixedStackContains
* True iff ordered stack contains given element.
*
* Note:
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * hasht.c--
+ * hasht.c
* hash table related functions that are not directly supported
* by the hashing packages under utils/hash.
*
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/lib/Attic/hasht.c,v 1.7 1997/09/08 21:43:29 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/lib/Attic/hasht.c,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:15:35 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * lispsort.c--
+ * lispsort.c
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/lib/Attic/lispsort.c,v 1.9 1998/09/01 03:22:38 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/lib/Attic/lispsort.c,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:15:35 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
- * stringinfo.c--
+ * stringinfo.c
* These are routines that can be used to write informations to a string,
* without having to worry about string lengths, space allocation etc.
* Ideally the interface should look like the file i/o interface,
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: stringinfo.c,v 1.13 1998/12/14 08:11:04 scrappy Exp $
+ * $Id: stringinfo.c,v 1.14 1999/02/13 23:15:36 momjian Exp $
*/
#include
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * auth.c--
+ * auth.c
* Routines to handle network authentication
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/auth.c,v 1.32 1998/12/14 05:18:56 scrappy Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/auth.c,v 1.33 1999/02/13 23:15:38 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * be-dumpdata.c--
+ * be-dumpdata.c
* support for collection of returned tuples from an internal
* PQ call into a backend buffer.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: be-dumpdata.c,v 1.21 1999/01/27 00:36:12 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: be-dumpdata.c,v 1.22 1999/02/13 23:15:39 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * be-fsstubs.c--
+ * be-fsstubs.c
* support for filesystem operations on large objects
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/be-fsstubs.c,v 1.27 1999/01/17 06:18:24 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/be-fsstubs.c,v 1.28 1999/02/13 23:15:41 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* This should be moved to a more appropriate place. It is here
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * be-pqexec.c--
+ * be-pqexec.c
* support for executing POSTGRES commands and functions from a
* user-defined function in a backend.
*
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/Attic/be-pqexec.c,v 1.19 1998/09/01 03:22:45 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/Attic/be-pqexec.c,v 1.20 1999/02/13 23:15:41 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * crypt.c--
+ * crypt.c
* Look into pg_shadow and check the encrypted password with
* the one passed in from the frontend.
*
* Dec 17, 1997 - Todd A. Brandys
* Orignal Version Completed.
*
- * $Id: crypt.c,v 1.14 1999/01/17 06:18:25 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: crypt.c,v 1.15 1999/02/13 23:15:42 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * hba.c--
+ * hba.c
* Routines to handle host based authentication (that's the scheme
* wherein you authenticate a user by seeing what IP address the system
* says he comes from and possibly using ident).
*
- * $Id: hba.c,v 1.38 1999/01/17 06:18:25 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: hba.c,v 1.39 1999/02/13 23:15:43 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * portal.c--
+ * portal.c
* generalized portal support routines
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: portal.c,v 1.19 1998/12/14 08:11:06 scrappy Exp $
+ * $Id: portal.c,v 1.20 1999/02/13 23:15:45 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * portalbuf.c--
+ * portalbuf.c
* portal buffer support routines for src/libpq/portal.c
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/Attic/portalbuf.c,v 1.12 1999/02/03 21:16:16 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/Attic/portalbuf.c,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:15:46 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* GlobalMemory portals_mmcxt = (GlobalMemory) NULL; */
/* -------------------------------
- * portals_realloc --
+ * portals_realloc
* grow the size of the portals array by size
*
* also ensures that elements are initially NULL
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pqcomm.c--
+ * pqcomm.c
* Communication functions between the Frontend and the Backend
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pqcomm.c,v 1.65 1999/01/24 02:47:15 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: pqcomm.c,v 1.66 1999/02/13 23:15:46 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pqpacket.c--
+ * pqpacket.c
* routines for reading and writing data packets sent/received by
* POSTGRES clients and servers
*
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/Attic/pqpacket.c,v 1.18 1998/09/01 04:28:53 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/Attic/pqpacket.c,v 1.19 1999/02/13 23:15:47 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pqsignal.c--
+ * pqsignal.c
* reliable BSD-style signal(2) routine stolen from RWW who stole it
* from Stevens...
*
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/pqsignal.c,v 1.10 1998/09/01 04:28:55 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/pqsignal.c,v 1.11 1999/02/13 23:15:48 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* This shouldn't be in libpq, but the monitor and some other
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * util.c--
+ * util.c
* general routines for libpq backend
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: util.c,v 1.7 1998/12/14 08:11:07 scrappy Exp $
+ * $Id: util.c,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:15:49 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * main.c--
+ * main.c
* Stub main() routine for the postgres backend.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/main/main.c,v 1.22 1998/09/01 04:28:57 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/main/main.c,v 1.23 1999/02/13 23:15:51 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * copyfuncs.c--
+ * copyfuncs.c
* Copy functions for Postgres tree nodes.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/copyfuncs.c,v 1.69 1999/02/12 06:43:21 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/copyfuncs.c,v 1.70 1999/02/13 23:15:53 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include "optimizer/planmain.h"
/*
- * listCopy--
+ * listCopy
* this copy function only copies the "lcons-cells" of the list but not
* its contents. (good for list of pointers as well as list of integers).
*/
}
/*
- * Node_Copy--
+ * Node_Copy
* a macro to simplify calling of copyObject on the specified field
*/
#define Node_Copy(from, newnode, field) \
* ----------------
*/
static RestrictInfo *
-_copyRestrictInfo(RestrictInfo * from)
+_copyRestrictInfo(RestrictInfo *from)
{
RestrictInfo *newnode = makeNode(RestrictInfo);
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * equalfuncs.c--
+ * equalfuncs.c
* equal functions to compare the nodes
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/equalfuncs.c,v 1.31 1999/02/12 06:43:22 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/equalfuncs.c,v 1.32 1999/02/13 23:15:55 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* RestrictInfo is a subclass of Node.
*/
static bool
-_equalRestrictInfo(RestrictInfo * a, RestrictInfo * b)
+_equalRestrictInfo(RestrictInfo *a, RestrictInfo *b)
{
Assert(IsA(a, RestrictInfo));
Assert(IsA(b, RestrictInfo));
}
/*
- * equal--
+ * equal
* returns whether two nodes are equal
*/
bool
}
/*
- * equali--
+ * equali
* compares two lists of integers
*
* XXX temp hack. needs something like T_IntList
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * freefuncs.c--
+ * freefuncs.c
* Free functions for Postgres tree nodes.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/Attic/freefuncs.c,v 1.9 1999/02/12 06:43:23 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/Attic/freefuncs.c,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:15:56 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* ----------------
*/
static void
-_freeRestrictInfo(RestrictInfo * node)
+_freeRestrictInfo(RestrictInfo *node)
{
/* ----------------
* free remainder of node
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * list.c--
+ * list.c
* various list handling routines
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/list.c,v 1.16 1999/02/09 03:51:13 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/list.c,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:15:57 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* XXX a few of the following functions are duplicated to handle
/*
- * makefuncs.c--
+ * makefuncs.c
* creator functions for primitive nodes. The functions here are for
* the most frequently created nodes.
*
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/makefuncs.c,v 1.12 1998/07/20 20:01:47 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/makefuncs.c,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:15:58 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* Creator functions in POSTGRES 4.2 are generated automatically. Most of
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * nodeFuncs.c--
+ * nodeFuncs.c
* All node routines more complicated than simple access/modification
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/nodeFuncs.c,v 1.8 1998/09/01 03:22:57 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/nodeFuncs.c,v 1.9 1999/02/13 23:15:59 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * nodes.c--
+ * nodes.c
* support code for nodes (now that we get rid of the home-brew
* inheritance system, our support code for nodes get much simpler)
*
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/nodes.c,v 1.6 1998/09/01 03:22:58 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/nodes.c,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:15:59 momjian Exp $
*
* HISTORY
* Andrew Yu Oct 20, 1994 file creation
/*
*
- * outfuncs.c--
+ * outfuncs.c
* routines to convert a node to ascii representation
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: outfuncs.c,v 1.71 1999/02/12 06:43:24 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: outfuncs.c,v 1.72 1999/02/13 23:15:59 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* Every (plan) node in POSTGRES has an associated "out" routine which
* RestrictInfo is a subclass of Node.
*/
static void
-_outRestrictInfo(StringInfo str, RestrictInfo * node)
+_outRestrictInfo(StringInfo str, RestrictInfo *node)
{
appendStringInfo(str, " RESTRICTINFO :clause ");
_outNode(str, node->clause);
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * print.c--
+ * print.c
* various print routines (used mostly for debugging)
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/print.c,v 1.21 1999/02/10 03:52:36 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/print.c,v 1.22 1999/02/13 23:16:00 momjian Exp $
*
* HISTORY
* AUTHOR DATE MAJOR EVENT
static char *plannode_type(Plan *p);
/*
- * print--
+ * print
* print contents of Node to stdout
*/
void
}
/*
- * print_rt--
+ * print_rt
* print contents of range table
*/
void
/*
- * print_expr--
+ * print_expr
* print an expression
*/
void
}
/*
- * print_tl --
+ * print_tl
* print targetlist in a more legible way.
*/
void
}
/*
- * print_slot--
+ * print_slot
* print out the tuple with the given TupleTableSlot
*/
void
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * read.c--
+ * read.c
* routines to convert a string (legal ascii representation of node) back
* to nodes
*
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/read.c,v 1.13 1998/09/01 03:23:01 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/read.c,v 1.14 1999/02/13 23:16:01 momjian Exp $
*
* HISTORY
* AUTHOR DATE MAJOR EVENT
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * readfuncs.c--
+ * readfuncs.c
* Reader functions for Postgres tree nodes.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/readfuncs.c,v 1.56 1999/02/12 06:43:24 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/readfuncs.c,v 1.57 1999/02/13 23:16:02 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* Most of the read functions for plan nodes are tested. (In fact, they
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * geqo_copy.c--
+ * geqo_copy.c
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: geqo_copy.c,v 1.4 1997/09/08 21:44:13 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: geqo_copy.c,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:16:04 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include "optimizer/geqo_gene.h"
#include "optimizer/geqo_copy.h"
-/* geqo_copy--
+/* geqo_copy
*
* copies one gene to another
*
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
-* geqo_cx.c--
+* geqo_cx.c
*
* cycle crossover [CX] routines;
* CX operator according to Oliver et al
* (Proc 2nd Int'l Conf on GA's)
*
-* $Id: geqo_cx.c,v 1.5 1998/09/01 03:23:04 momjian Exp $
+* $Id: geqo_cx.c,v 1.6 1999/02/13 23:16:05 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include "optimizer/geqo_random.h"
-/* cx--
+/* cx
*
* cycle crossover
*/
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
-* geqo_erx.c--
+* geqo_erx.c
* edge recombination crossover [ER]
*
-* $Id: geqo_erx.c,v 1.10 1998/09/01 03:23:06 momjian Exp $
+* $Id: geqo_erx.c,v 1.11 1999/02/13 23:16:06 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Gene edge_failure(Gene *gene, int index, Edge *edge_table, int num_gene);
-/* alloc_edge_table--
+/* alloc_edge_table
*
* allocate memory for edge table
*
return edge_table;
}
-/* free_edge_table--
+/* free_edge_table
*
* deallocate memory of edge table
*
pfree(edge_table);
}
-/* gimme_edge_table--
+/* gimme_edge_table
*
* fills a data structure which represents the set of explicit
* edges between points in the (2) input genes
return ((float) (edge_total * 2) / (float) num_gene);
}
-/* gimme_edge--
+/* gimme_edge
*
* registers edge from city1 to city2 in input edge table
*
return 1;
}
-/* gimme_tour--
+/* gimme_tour
*
* creates a new tour using edges from the edge table.
* priority is given to "shared" edges (i.e. edges which
}
-/* remove_gene--
+/* remove_gene
*
* removes input gene from edge_table.
* input edge is used
}
}
-/* gimme_gene--
+/* gimme_gene
*
* priority is given to "shared" edges
* (i.e. edges which both genes possess)
return 0; /* to keep the compiler quiet */
}
-/* edge_failure--
+/* edge_failure
*
* routine for handling edge failure
*
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * geqo_eval.c--
+ * geqo_eval.c
* Routines to evaluate query trees
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: geqo_eval.c,v 1.28 1999/02/12 05:56:47 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: geqo_eval.c,v 1.29 1999/02/13 23:16:07 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static RelOptInfo *geqo_nth(int stop, List *rels);
/*
- * geqo_eval--
+ * geqo_eval
*
* Returns cost of a query tree as an individual of the population.
*/
}
/*
- * gimme-tree --
+ * gimme_tree
* this program presumes that only LEFT-SIDED TREES are considered!
*
* 'outer_rel' is the preceeding join
}
/*
- * gimme-clause-joins--
+ * gimme_clause_joins
*
- * 'outer-rel' is the relation entry for the outer relation
- * 'inner-rel' is the relation entry for the inner relation
+ * 'outer_rel' is the relation entry for the outer relation
+ * 'inner_rel' is the relation entry for the inner relation
*
* Returns a list of new join relations.
*/
}
/*
- * gimme-clauseless-join--
- * Given an outer relation 'outer-rel' and an inner relation
- * 'inner-rel', create a join relation between 'outer-rel' and 'inner-rel'
+ * gimme_clauseless_join
+ * Given an outer relation 'outer_rel' and an inner relation
+ * 'inner_rel', create a join relation between 'outer_rel' and 'inner_rel'
*
* Returns a new join relation.
*/
}
/*
- * init-join-rel--
+ * init_join_rel
* Creates and initializes a new join relation.
*
- * 'outer-rel' and 'inner-rel' are relation nodes for the relations to be
+ * 'outer_rel' and 'inner_rel' are relation nodes for the relations to be
* joined
* 'joininfo' is the joininfo node(join clause) containing both
- * 'outer-rel' and 'inner-rel', if any exists
+ * 'outer_rel' and 'inner_rel', if any exists
*
* Returns the new join relation node.
*/
}
/*
- * new-join-tlist--
+ * new_join_tlist
* Builds a join relations's target list by keeping those elements that
* will be in the final target list and any other elements that are still
* needed for future joins. For a target list entry to still be needed
* for future joins, its 'joinlist' field must not be empty after removal
- * of all relids in 'other-relids'.
+ * of all relids in 'other_relids'.
*
* 'tlist' is the target list of one of the join relations
- * 'other-relids' is a list of relids contained within the other
+ * 'other_relids' is a list of relids contained within the other
* join relation
- * 'first-resdomno' is the resdom number to use for the first created
+ * 'first_resdomno' is the resdom number to use for the first created
* target list entry
*
* Returns the new target list.
}
/*
- * new-joininfo-list--
+ * new_joininfo_list
* Builds a join relation's joininfo list by checking for join clauses
* which still need to used in future joins involving this relation. A
* join clause is still needed if there are still relations in the clause
* not contained in the list of relations comprising this join relation.
* New joininfo nodes are only created and added to
- * 'current-joininfo-list' if a node for a particular join hasn't already
+ * 'current_joininfo_list' if a node for a particular join hasn't already
* been created.
*
- * 'current-joininfo-list' contains a list of those joininfo nodes that
+ * 'current_joininfo_list' contains a list of those joininfo nodes that
* have already been built
- * 'joininfo-list' is the list of join clauses involving this relation
- * 'join-relids' is a list of relids corresponding to the relations
+ * 'joininfo_list' is the list of join clauses involving this relation
+ * 'join_relids' is a list of relids corresponding to the relations
* currently being joined
*
* Returns a list of joininfo nodes, new and old.
#ifdef NOTUSED
/*
- * add-new-joininfos--
+ * add_new_joininfos
* For each new join relation, create new joininfos that
* use the join relation as inner relation, and add
* the new joininfos to those rel nodes that still
}
/*
- * final-join-rels--
+ * final_join_rels
* Find the join relation that includes all the original
* relations, i.e. the final join result.
*
- * 'join-rel-list' is a list of join relations.
+ * 'join_rel_list' is a list of join relations.
*
* Returns the list of final join relations.
*/
}
/*
- * add_superrels--
+ * add_superrels
* add rel to the temporary property list superrels.
*
* 'rel' a rel node
- * 'super-rel' rel node of a join relation that includes rel
+ * 'super_rel' rel node of a join relation that includes rel
*
* Modifies the superrels field of rel
*/
}
/*
- * nonoverlap-rels--
+ * nonoverlap_rels
* test if two join relations overlap, i.e., includes the same
* relation.
*
#endif /* NOTUSED */
/*
- * geqo_joinrel_size--
+ * geqo_joinrel_size
* compute estimate for join relation tuples, even for
* long join queries; so get logarithm of size when MAXINT overflow;
*/
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * geqo_main.c--
+ * geqo_main.c
* solution of the query optimization problem
* by means of a Genetic Algorithm (GA)
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: geqo_main.c,v 1.12 1999/02/03 21:16:22 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: geqo_main.c,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:16:08 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
- * geqo--
+ * geqo
* solution of the query optimization problem
* similar to a constrained Traveling Salesman Problem (TSP)
*/
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * geqo_misc.c--
+ * geqo_misc.c
* misc. printout and debug stuff
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: geqo_misc.c,v 1.16 1999/02/12 17:24:47 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: geqo_misc.c,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:16:09 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static float avg_pool(Pool *pool);
-/* avg_pool--
+/* avg_pool
*
*/
static float
return (float) cumulative / pool->size;
}
-/* print_pool--
+/* print_pool
*/
void
print_pool(FILE *fp, Pool *pool, int start, int stop)
}
}
-/* print_gen--
+/* print_gen
*
* printout for chromosome: best, worst, mean, average
*
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
-* geqo_mutation.c--
+* geqo_mutation.c
*
* TSP mutation routines
*
-* $Id: geqo_mutation.c,v 1.4 1997/09/08 21:44:27 momjian Exp $
+* $Id: geqo_mutation.c,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:16:09 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
-* geqo_ox1.c--
+* geqo_ox1.c
*
* order crossover [OX] routines;
* OX1 operator according to Davis
* (Proc Int'l Joint Conf on AI)
*
-* $Id: geqo_ox1.c,v 1.4 1997/09/08 21:44:28 momjian Exp $
+* $Id: geqo_ox1.c,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:16:10 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include "optimizer/geqo_random.h"
-/* ox1--
+/* ox1
*
* position crossover
*/
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
-* geqo_ox2.c--
+* geqo_ox2.c
*
* order crossover [OX] routines;
* OX2 operator according to Syswerda
* (The Genetic Algorithms Handbook, ed L Davis)
*
-* $Id: geqo_ox2.c,v 1.4 1997/09/08 21:44:29 momjian Exp $
+* $Id: geqo_ox2.c,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:16:10 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include "optimizer/geqo_random.h"
-/* ox2--
+/* ox2
*
* position crossover
*/
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
-* geqo_params.c--
+* geqo_params.c
* routines for determining necessary genetic optimization parameters
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
-* $Id: geqo_params.c,v 1.12 1999/02/03 21:16:23 momjian Exp $
+* $Id: geqo_params.c,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:16:10 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int next_token(FILE *, char *, int);
/*
- * geqo_param--
+ * geqo_param
* get ga parameters out of "$PGDATA/pg_geqo" file.
*/
void
return c == '\n' ? '\n' : 0;
}
-/* gimme_pool_size--
+/* gimme_pool_size
* compute good estimation for pool size
* according to number of involved rels in a query
*/
return (int) ceil(size);
}
-/* gimme_number_generations--
+/* gimme_number_generations
* compute good estimation for number of generations size
* for convergence
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * geqo_paths.c--
+ * geqo_paths.c
* Routines to process redundant paths and relations
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: geqo_paths.c,v 1.19 1999/02/12 17:24:47 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: geqo_paths.c,v 1.20 1999/02/13 23:16:11 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static List *geqo_prune_rel(RelOptInfo *rel, List *other_rels);
/*
- * geqo-prune-rels--
+ * geqo_prune_rels
* Removes any redundant relation entries from a list of rel nodes
- * 'rel-list'.
+ * 'rel_list'.
*
* Returns the resulting list.
*
}
/*
- * geqo-prune-rel--
- * Prunes those relations from 'other-rels' that are redundant with
+ * geqo_prune_rel
+ * Prunes those relations from 'other_rels' that are redundant with
* 'rel'. A relation is redundant if it is built up of the same
* relations as 'rel'. Paths for the redundant relation are merged into
* the pathlist of 'rel'.
}
/*
- * geqo-set-cheapest--
+ * geqo_set_cheapest
* For a relation 'rel' (which corresponds to a join
* relation), set pointers to the cheapest path
*/
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
-* geqo_pmx.c--
+* geqo_pmx.c
*
* partially matched crossover [PMX] routines;
* PMX operator according to Goldberg & Lingle
* (Proc Int'l Conf on GA's)
*
-* $Id: geqo_pmx.c,v 1.4 1997/09/08 21:44:33 momjian Exp $
+* $Id: geqo_pmx.c,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:16:11 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include "optimizer/geqo_random.h"
-/* pmx--
+/* pmx
*
* partially matched crossover
*/
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * geqo_pool.c--
+ * geqo_pool.c
* Genetic Algorithm (GA) pool stuff
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: geqo_pool.c,v 1.10 1999/02/03 21:16:23 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: geqo_pool.c,v 1.11 1999/02/13 23:16:12 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int compare(const void *arg1, const void *arg2);
/*
- * alloc-pool--
+ * alloc_pool
* allocates memory for GA pool
*/
Pool *
}
/*
- * free-pool--
+ * free_pool
* deallocates memory for GA pool
*/
void
}
/*
- * random-init-pool--
+ * random_init_pool
* initialize genetic pool
*/
void
}
/*
- * sort-pool--
+ * sort_pool
* sorts input pool according to worth, from smallest to largest
*
* maybe you have to change compare() for different ordering ...
}
/*
- * compare--
+ * compare
* static input function for pg_sort
*
* return values for sort from smallest to largest are prooved!
return -1;
}
-/* alloc_chromo--
+/* alloc_chromo
* allocates a chromosome and string space
*/
Chromosome *
return chromo;
}
-/* free_chromo--
+/* free_chromo
* deallocates a chromosome and string space
*/
void
pfree(chromo);
}
-/* spread_chromo--
+/* spread_chromo
* inserts a new chromosome into the pool, displacing worst gene in pool
* assumes best->worst = smallest->largest
*/
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
-* geqo_px.c--
+* geqo_px.c
*
* position crossover [PX] routines;
* PX operator according to Syswerda
* (The Genetic Algorithms Handbook, L Davis, ed)
*
-* $Id: geqo_px.c,v 1.5 1998/06/15 19:28:37 momjian Exp $
+* $Id: geqo_px.c,v 1.6 1999/02/13 23:16:12 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include "optimizer/geqo_random.h"
-/* px--
+/* px
*
* position crossover
*/
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
-* geqo_recombination.c--
+* geqo_recombination.c
* misc recombination procedures
*
-* $Id: geqo_recombination.c,v 1.6 1998/09/01 03:23:15 momjian Exp $
+* $Id: geqo_recombination.c,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:16:12 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
- * init_tour--
+ * init_tour
*
* Randomly generates a legal "traveling salesman" tour
* (i.e. where each point is visited only once.)
pfree(tmp);
}
-/* alloc_city_table--
+/* alloc_city_table
*
* allocate memory for city table
*
return city_table;
}
-/* free_city_table--
+/* free_city_table
*
* deallocate memory of city table
*
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * geqo_selection.c--
+ * geqo_selection.c
* linear selection scheme for the genetic query optimizer
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: geqo_selection.c,v 1.6 1999/02/03 21:16:23 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: geqo_selection.c,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:16:13 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int linear(int max, double bias);
-/* geqo_selection--
+/* geqo_selection
*
* according to bias described by input parameters,
* second genes are selected from the pool
geqo_copy(daddy, &pool->data[second], pool->string_length);
}
-/* linear--
+/* linear
* generates random integer between 0 and input max number
* using input linear bias
*
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
-* minspantree.c--
+* minspantree.c
* routine to sort a join graph which is including cycles
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
-* $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/Attic/minspantree.c,v 1.9 1999/02/10 21:02:35 momjian Exp $
+* $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/Attic/minspantree.c,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:16:13 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include "optimizer/geqo/geqo.h"
/*
- * minspantree--
+ * minspantree
* The function minspantree computes the minimum spanning tree
* for a given number of nodes and a given distance function.
* For each pair of nodes found to be connected, a given
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * allpaths.c--
+ * allpaths.c
* Routines to find possible search paths for processing a query
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/allpaths.c,v 1.30 1999/02/12 17:24:48 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/allpaths.c,v 1.31 1999/02/13 23:16:14 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#endif
/*
- * find-paths--
+ * find_paths
* Finds all possible access paths for executing a query, returning the
* top level list of relation entries.
*
}
/*
- * find-rel-paths--
+ * find_rel_paths
* Finds all paths available for scanning each relation entry in
* 'rels'. Sequential scan and any available indices are considered
* if possible(indices are not considered for lower nesting levels).
find_rel_paths(Query *root, List *rels)
{
List *temp;
- List *lastpath;
foreach(temp, rels)
{
append(rel_index_scan_list,
or_index_scan_list));
- /*
- * The unordered path is always the last in the list. If it is not
- * the cheapest path, prune it.
- */
- lastpath = rel->pathlist;
- while (lnext(lastpath) != NIL)
- lastpath = lnext(lastpath);
set_cheapest(rel, rel->pathlist);
/*
}
/*
- * find-join-paths--
+ * find_join_paths
* Find all possible joinpaths for a query by successively finding ways
* to join single relations into join relations.
*
* Find all possible joinpaths(bushy trees) for a query by systematically
* finding ways to join relations(both original and derived) together.
*
- * 'outer-rels' is the current list of relations for which join paths
+ * 'outer_rels' is the current list of relations for which join paths
* are to be found, i.e., he current list of relations that
* have already been derived.
- * 'levels-needed' is the number of iterations needed
+ * 'levels_needed' is the number of iterations needed
*
* Returns the final level of join relations, i.e., the relation that is
* the result of joining all the original relations together.
/*
* Determine all possible pairs of relations to be joined at this
* level. Determine paths for joining these relation pairs and
- * modify 'new-rels' accordingly, then eliminate redundant join
+ * modify 'new_rels' accordingly, then eliminate redundant join
* relations.
*/
new_rels = find_join_rels(root, outer_rels);
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * clausesel.c--
+ * clausesel.c
* Routines to compute and set clause selectivities
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/clausesel.c,v 1.16 1999/02/03 21:16:24 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/clausesel.c,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:16:15 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * costsize.c--
+ * costsize.c
* Routines to compute (and set) relation sizes and path costs
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/costsize.c,v 1.31 1999/02/12 17:24:49 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/costsize.c,v 1.32 1999/02/13 23:16:16 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Cost _cpu_index_page_wight_ = _CPU_INDEX_PAGE_WEIGHT_;
/*
- * cost_seqscan--
+ * cost_seqscan
* Determines and returns the cost of scanning a relation sequentially.
* If the relation is a temporary to be materialized from a query
* embedded within a data field (determined by 'relid' containing an
/*
- * cost_index--
+ * cost_index
* Determines and returns the cost of scanning a relation using an index.
*
* disk = expected-index-pages + expected-data-pages
}
/*
- * cost_sort--
+ * cost_sort
* Determines and returns the cost of sorting a relation by considering
* 1. the cost of doing an external sort: XXX this is probably too low
* disk = (p lg p)
/*
- * cost_result--
+ * cost_result
* Determines and returns the cost of writing a relation of 'tuples'
* tuples of 'width' bytes out to a result relation.
*
#endif
/*
- * cost_nestloop--
+ * cost_nestloop
* Determines and returns the cost of joining two relations using the
* nested loop algorithm.
*
}
/*
- * cost_mergejoin--
+ * cost_mergejoin
* 'outercost' and 'innercost' are the (disk+cpu) costs of scanning the
* outer and inner relations
* 'outersortkeys' and 'innersortkeys' are lists of the keys to be used
}
/*
- * compute-rel-size--
- * Computes the size of each relation in 'rel-list' (after applying
+ * compute_rel_size
+ * Computes the size of each relation in 'rel_list' (after applying
* restrictions), by multiplying the selectivity of each restriction
* by the original size of the relation.
*
}
/*
- * compute-rel-width--
+ * compute_rel_width
* Computes the width in bytes of a tuple from 'rel'.
*
* Returns the width of the tuple as a fixnum.
}
/*
- * compute-targetlist-width--
+ * compute_targetlist_width
* Computes the width in bytes of a tuple made from 'targetlist'.
*
* Returns the width of the tuple as a fixnum.
}
/*
- * compute-attribute-width--
+ * compute_attribute_width
* Given a target list entry, find the size in bytes of the attribute.
*
* If a field is variable-length, it is assumed to be at least the size
}
/*
- * compute-joinrel-size--
+ * compute_joinrel_size
* Computes the size of the join relation 'joinrel'.
*
* Returns a fixnum.
}
/*
- * page-size--
+ * page_size
* Returns an estimate of the number of pages covered by a given
* number of tuples of a given width (size in bytes).
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * hashutils.c--
+ * hashutils.c
* Utilities for finding applicable merge clauses and pathkeys
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/Attic/hashutils.c,v 1.12 1999/02/10 03:52:39 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/Attic/hashutils.c,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:16:16 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static HashInfo *match_hashop_hashinfo(Oid hashop, List *hashinfo_list);
/*
- * group-clauses-by-hashop--
- * If a join clause node in 'restrictinfo-list' is hashjoinable, store
+ * group_clauses_by_hashop
+ * If a join clause node in 'restrictinfo_list' is hashjoinable, store
* it within a hashinfo node containing other clause nodes with the same
* hash operator.
*
- * 'restrictinfo-list' is the list of restrictinfo nodes
- * 'inner-relid' is the relid of the inner join relation
+ * 'restrictinfo_list' is the list of restrictinfo nodes
+ * 'inner_relid' is the relid of the inner join relation
*
* Returns the new list of hashinfo nodes.
*
hashjoinop = restrictinfo->hashjoinoperator;
/*
- * Create a new hashinfo node and add it to 'hashinfo-list' if one
+ * Create a new hashinfo node and add it to 'hashinfo_list' if one
* does not yet exist for this hash operator.
*/
if (hashjoinop)
/*
- * match-hashop-hashinfo--
- * Searches the list 'hashinfo-list' for a hashinfo node whose hash op
+ * match_hashop_hashinfo
+ * Searches the list 'hashinfo_list' for a hashinfo node whose hash op
* field equals 'hashop'.
*
* Returns the node if it exists.
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * indxpath.c--
+ * indxpath.c
* Routines to determine which indices are usable for scanning a
* given relation
*
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/indxpath.c,v 1.43 1999/02/11 14:58:50 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/indxpath.c,v 1.44 1999/02/13 23:16:16 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static List *group_clauses_by_ikey_for_joins(RelOptInfo *rel, RelOptInfo *index,
int *indexkeys, Oid *classes, List *join_cinfo_list, List *restr_cinfo_list);
static RestrictInfo *match_clause_to_indexkey(RelOptInfo *rel, RelOptInfo *index, int indexkey,
- int xclass, RestrictInfo * restrictInfo, bool join);
+ int xclass, RestrictInfo *restrictInfo, bool join);
static bool pred_test(List *predicate_list, List *restrictinfo_list,
List *joininfo_list);
static bool one_pred_test(Expr *predicate, List *restrictinfo_list);
*
* 'rel' is the relation entry to which these index paths correspond
* 'indices' is a list of possible index paths
- * 'restrictinfo-list' is a list of restriction restrictinfo nodes for 'rel'
- * 'joininfo-list' is a list of joininfo nodes for 'rel'
+ * 'restrictinfo_list' is a list of restriction restrictinfo nodes for 'rel'
+ * 'joininfo_list' is a list of joininfo nodes for 'rel'
* 'sortkeys' is a node describing the result sort order (from
* (find_sortkeys))
*
/*
- * match-index-orclauses--
+ * match_index_orclauses
* Attempt to match an index against subclauses within 'or' clauses.
* If the index does match, then the clause is marked with information
* about the index.
* 'index' is the index node.
* 'indexkey' is the (single) key of the index
* 'class' is the class of the operator corresponding to 'indexkey'.
- * 'restrictinfo-list' is the list of available restriction clauses.
+ * 'restrictinfo_list' is the list of available restriction clauses.
*
* Returns nothing.
*
}
/*
- * match-index-orclause--
+ * match_index_orclause
* Attempts to match an index against the subclauses of an 'or' clause.
*
* A match means that:
* (2) there is a usable key that matches the variable within a
* searchable clause.
*
- * 'or-clauses' are the remaining subclauses within the 'or' clause
- * 'other-matching-indices' is the list of information on other indices
+ * 'or_clauses' are the remaining subclauses within the 'or' clause
+ * 'other_matching_indices' is the list of information on other indices
* that have already been matched to subclauses within this
* particular 'or' clause (i.e., a list previously generated by
* this routine)
(index->indproc != InvalidOid))
/*
- * group-clauses-by-indexkey--
+ * group_clauses_by_indexkey
* Determines whether there are clauses which will match each and every
* one of the remaining keys of an index.
*
}
/*
- * group-clauses-by-ikey-for-joins--
- * special edition of group-clauses-by-indexkey - will
+ * group_clauses_by_ikey_for_joins
+ * special edition of group_clauses_by_indexkey - will
* match join & restriction clauses. See comment in indexable_joinclauses.
* - vadim 03/18/97
*
****************************************************************************/
/*
- * pred_test--
+ * pred_test
* Does the "predicate inclusion test" for partial indexes.
*
* Recursively checks whether the clauses in restrictinfo_list imply
/*
- * one_pred_test--
+ * one_pred_test
* Does the "predicate inclusion test" for one conjunct of a predicate
* expression.
*/
/*
- * one_pred_clause_expr_test--
+ * one_pred_clause_expr_test
* Does the "predicate inclusion test" for a general restriction-clause
* expression.
*/
/*
- * one_pred_clause_test--
+ * one_pred_clause_test
* Does the "predicate inclusion test" for one conjunct of a predicate
* expression for a simple restriction clause.
*/
/*
- * clause_pred_clause_test--
+ * clause_pred_clause_test
* Use operator class info to check whether clause implies predicate.
*
* Does the "predicate inclusion test" for a "simple clause" predicate
****************************************************************************/
/*
- * indexable-joinclauses--
- * Finds all groups of join clauses from among 'joininfo-list' that can
+ * indexable_joinclauses
+ * Finds all groups of join clauses from among 'joininfo_list' that can
* be used in conjunction with 'index'.
*
* The first clause in the group is marked as having the other relation
#endif
/*
- * index-innerjoin--
+ * index_innerjoin
* Creates index path nodes corresponding to paths to be used as inner
* relations in nestloop joins.
*
}
/*
- * create-index-paths--
+ * create_index_paths
* Creates a list of index path nodes for each group of clauses
* (restriction or join) that can be used in conjunction with an index.
*
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * joinpath.c--
+ * joinpath.c
* Routines to find all possible paths for processing a set of joins
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinpath.c,v 1.22 1999/02/12 17:24:49 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinpath.c,v 1.23 1999/02/13 23:16:18 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
List *hashinfo_list);
/*
- * find-all-join-paths--
+ * find_all_join_paths
* Creates all possible ways to process joins for each of the join
* relations in the list 'joinrels.' Each unique path will be included
* in the join relation's 'pathlist' field.
* 3. Consider paths where the inner relation need not be
* explicitly sorted. This may include nestloops and mergejoins
* the actual nestloop nodes were constructed in
- * (match-unsorted-outer).
+ * (match_unsorted_outer).
*/
pathlist = add_pathlist(joinrel, pathlist,
match_unsorted_inner(joinrel, outerrel,
/*
* 'OuterJoinCost is only valid when calling
- * (match-unsorted-inner) with the same arguments as the previous
- * invokation of (match-unsorted-outer), so clear the field before
+ * (match_unsorted_inner) with the same arguments as the previous
+ * invokation of (match_unsorted_outer), so clear the field before
* going on.
*/
temp_list = innerrel->pathlist;
}
/*
- * best-innerjoin--
+ * best_innerjoin
* Find the cheapest index path that has already been identified by
* (indexable_joinclauses) as being a possible inner path for the given
* outer relation in a nestloop join.
*
- * 'join-paths' is a list of join nodes
- * 'outer-relid' is the relid of the outer join relation
+ * 'join_paths' is a list of join nodes
+ * 'outer_relid' is the relid of the outer join relation
*
* Returns the pathnode of the selected path.
*/
}
/*
- * sort-inner-and-outer--
+ * sort_inner_and_outer
* Create mergejoin join paths by explicitly sorting both the outer and
* inner join relations on each available merge ordering.
*
* 'joinrel' is the join relation
* 'outerrel' is the outer join relation
* 'innerrel' is the inner join relation
- * 'mergeinfo-list' is a list of nodes containing info on(mergejoinable)
+ * 'mergeinfo_list' is a list of nodes containing info on(mergejoinable)
* clauses for joining the relations
*
* Returns a list of mergejoin paths.
}
/*
- * match-unsorted-outer--
+ * match_unsorted_outer
* Creates possible join paths for processing a single join relation
* 'joinrel' by employing either iterative substitution or
* mergejoining on each of its possible outer paths(assuming that the
* 'joinrel' is the join relation
* 'outerrel' is the outer join relation
* 'innerrel' is the inner join relation
- * 'outerpath-list' is the list of possible outer paths
- * 'cheapest-inner' is the cheapest inner path
- * 'best-innerjoin' is the best inner index path(if any)
- * 'mergeinfo-list' is a list of nodes containing info on mergejoinable
+ * 'outerpath_list' is the list of possible outer paths
+ * 'cheapest_inner' is the cheapest inner path
+ * 'best_innerjoin' is the best inner index path(if any)
+ * 'mergeinfo_list' is a list of nodes containing info on mergejoinable
* clauses
*
* Returns a list of possible join path nodes.
/*
* Keep track of the cost of the outer path used with this
* ordered inner path for later processing in
- * (match-unsorted-inner), since it isn't a sort and thus
+ * (match_unsorted_inner), since it isn't a sort and thus
* wouldn't otherwise be considered.
*/
if (path_is_cheaper_than_sort)
}
/*
- * match-unsorted-inner --
+ * match_unsorted_inner
* Find the cheapest ordered join path for a given(ordered, unsorted)
* inner join path.
*
* Scans through each path available on an inner join relation and tries
* matching its ordering keys against those of mergejoin clauses.
- * If 1. an appropriately-ordered inner path and matching mergeclause are
+ * If 1. an appropriately_ordered inner path and matching mergeclause are
* found, and
* 2. sorting the cheapest outer path is cheaper than using an ordered
* but unsorted outer path(as was considered in
- * (match-unsorted-outer)), then this merge path is considered.
+ * (match_unsorted_outer)), then this merge path is considered.
*
* 'joinrel' is the join result relation
* 'outerrel' is the outer join relation
* 'innerrel' is the inner join relation
- * 'innerpath-list' is the list of possible inner join paths
- * 'mergeinfo-list' is a list of nodes containing info on mergejoinable
+ * 'innerpath_list' is the list of possible inner join paths
+ * 'mergeinfo_list' is a list of nodes containing info on mergejoinable
* clauses
*
* Returns a list of possible merge paths.
}
/*
- * (match-unsorted-outer) if it is applicable. 'OuterJoinCost was
+ * (match_unsorted_outer) if it is applicable. 'OuterJoinCost was
* set above in
*/
if (clauses && matchedJoinKeys)
}
/*
- * hash-inner-and-outer-- XXX HASH
+ * hash_inner_and_outer-- XXX HASH
* Create hashjoin join paths by explicitly hashing both the outer and
* inner join relations on each available hash op.
*
* 'joinrel' is the join relation
* 'outerrel' is the outer join relation
* 'innerrel' is the inner join relation
- * 'hashinfo-list' is a list of nodes containing info on(hashjoinable)
+ * 'hashinfo_list' is a list of nodes containing info on(hashjoinable)
* clauses for joining the relations
*
* Returns a list of hashjoin paths.
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * joinrels.c--
+ * joinrels.c
* Routines to determine which relations should be joined
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinrels.c,v 1.19 1999/02/12 05:56:50 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinrels.c,v 1.20 1999/02/13 23:16:18 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
JoinInfo * jinfo);
/*
- * find-join-rels--
+ * find_join_rels
* Find all possible joins for each of the outer join relations in
- * 'outer-rels'. A rel node is created for each possible join relation,
+ * 'outer_rels'. A rel node is created for each possible join relation,
* and the resulting list of nodes is returned. If at all possible, only
* those relations for which join clauses exist are considered. If none
* of these exist for a given relation, all remaining possibilities are
* considered.
*
- * 'outer-rels' is the list of rel nodes
+ * 'outer_rels' is the list of rel nodes
*
* Returns a list of rel nodes corresponding to the new join relations.
*/
}
/*
- * find-clause-joins--
+ * find_clause_joins
* Determines whether joins can be performed between an outer relation
- * 'outer-rel' and those relations within 'outer-rel's joininfo nodes
- * (i.e., relations that participate in join clauses that 'outer-rel'
+ * 'outer_rel' and those relations within 'outer_rel's joininfo nodes
+ * (i.e., relations that participate in join clauses that 'outer_rel'
* participates in). This is possible if all but one of the relations
* contained within the join clauses of the joininfo node are already
- * contained within 'outer-rel'.
+ * contained within 'outer_rel'.
*
- * 'outer-rel' is the relation entry for the outer relation
- * 'joininfo-list' is a list of join clauses which 'outer-rel'
+ * 'outer_rel' is the relation entry for the outer relation
+ * 'joininfo_list' is a list of join clauses which 'outer_rel'
* participates in
*
* Returns a list of new join relations.
}
/*
- * find-clauseless-joins--
- * Given an outer relation 'outer-rel' and a list of inner relations
- * 'inner-rels', create a join relation between 'outer-rel' and each
- * member of 'inner-rels' that isn't already included in 'outer-rel'.
+ * find_clauseless_joins
+ * Given an outer relation 'outer_rel' and a list of inner relations
+ * 'inner_rels', create a join relation between 'outer_rel' and each
+ * member of 'inner_rels' that isn't already included in 'outer_rel'.
*
* Returns a list of new join relations.
*/
}
/*
- * init-join-rel--
+ * init_join_rel
* Creates and initializes a new join relation.
*
- * 'outer-rel' and 'inner-rel' are relation nodes for the relations to be
+ * 'outer_rel' and 'inner_rel' are relation nodes for the relations to be
* joined
* 'joininfo' is the joininfo node(join clause) containing both
- * 'outer-rel' and 'inner-rel', if any exists
+ * 'outer_rel' and 'inner_rel', if any exists
*
* Returns the new join relation node.
*/
}
/*
- * new-join-tlist--
+ * new_join_tlist
* Builds a join relations's target list by keeping those elements that
* will be in the final target list and any other elements that are still
* needed for future joins. For a target list entry to still be needed
* for future joins, its 'joinlist' field must not be empty after removal
- * of all relids in 'other-relids'.
+ * of all relids in 'other_relids'.
*
* 'tlist' is the target list of one of the join relations
- * 'other-relids' is a list of relids contained within the other
+ * 'other_relids' is a list of relids contained within the other
* join relation
- * 'first-resdomno' is the resdom number to use for the first created
+ * 'first_resdomno' is the resdom number to use for the first created
* target list entry
*
* Returns the new target list.
}
/*
- * new-joininfo-list--
+ * new_joininfo_list
* Builds a join relation's joininfo list by checking for join clauses
* which still need to used in future joins involving this relation. A
* join clause is still needed if there are still relations in the clause
* not contained in the list of relations comprising this join relation.
* New joininfo nodes are only created and added to
- * 'current-joininfo-list' if a node for a particular join hasn't already
+ * 'current_joininfo_list' if a node for a particular join hasn't already
* been created.
*
- * 'current-joininfo-list' contains a list of those joininfo nodes that
+ * 'current_joininfo_list' contains a list of those joininfo nodes that
* have already been built
- * 'joininfo-list' is the list of join clauses involving this relation
- * 'join-relids' is a list of relids corresponding to the relations
+ * 'joininfo_list' is the list of join clauses involving this relation
+ * 'join_relids' is a list of relids corresponding to the relations
* currently being joined
*
* Returns a list of joininfo nodes, new and old.
}
/*
- * add-new-joininfos--
+ * add_new_joininfos
* For each new join relation, create new joininfos that
* use the join relation as inner relation, and add
* the new joininfos to those rel nodes that still
}
/*
- * final-join-rels--
+ * final_join_rels
* Find the join relation that includes all the original
* relations, i.e. the final join result.
*
- * 'join-rel-list' is a list of join relations.
+ * 'join_rel_list' is a list of join relations.
*
* Returns the list of final join relations.
*/
}
/*
- * add_superrels--
+ * add_superrels
* add rel to the temporary property list superrels.
*
* 'rel' a rel node
- * 'super-rel' rel node of a join relation that includes rel
+ * 'super_rel' rel node of a join relation that includes rel
*
* Modifies the superrels field of rel
*/
}
/*
- * nonoverlap-rels--
+ * nonoverlap_rels
* test if two join relations overlap, i.e., includes the same
* relation.
*
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * joinutils.c--
+ * joinutils.c
* Utilities for matching and building join and path keys
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/Attic/joinutils.c,v 1.19 1999/02/11 17:00:48 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/Attic/joinutils.c,v 1.20 1999/02/13 23:16:19 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
****************************************************************************/
/*
- * match-pathkeys-joinkeys--
+ * match_pathkeys_joinkeys
* Attempts to match the keys of a path against the keys of join clauses.
* This is done by looking for a matching join key in 'joinkeys' for
* every path key in the list 'path.keys'. If there is a matching join key
* ( (outer inner) (outer inner) ... )
* 'joinclauses' is a list of clauses corresponding to the join keys in
* 'joinkeys'
- * 'which-subkey' is a flag that selects the desired subkey of a join key
+ * 'which_subkey' is a flag that selects the desired subkey of a join key
* in 'joinkeys'
*
* Returns the join keys and corresponding join clauses in a list if all
}
/*
- * match-pathkey-joinkeys--
+ * match_pathkey_joinkeys
* Returns the 0-based index into 'joinkeys' of the first joinkey whose
* outer or inner subkey matches any subkey of 'pathkey'.
*/
}
/*
- * match-paths-joinkeys--
+ * match_paths_joinkeys
* Attempts to find a path in 'paths' whose keys match a set of join
* keys 'joinkeys'. To match,
* 1. the path node ordering must equal 'ordering'.
* must correspond
* 'paths' is a list of(inner) paths which are to be matched against
* each join key in 'joinkeys'
- * 'which-subkey' is a flag that selects the desired subkey of a join key
+ * 'which_subkey' is a flag that selects the desired subkey of a join key
* in 'joinkeys'
*
* Returns the matching path node if one exists, nil otherwise.
/*
- * extract-path-keys--
+ * extract_path_keys
* Builds a subkey list for a path by pulling one of the subkeys from
* a list of join keys 'joinkeys' and then finding the var node in the
* target list 'tlist' that corresponds to that subkey.
*
* 'joinkeys' is a list of join key pairs
* 'tlist' is a relation target list
- * 'which-subkey' is a flag that selects the desired subkey of a join key
+ * 'which_subkey' is a flag that selects the desired subkey of a join key
* in 'joinkeys'
*
* Returns a list of pathkeys: ((tlvar1)(tlvar2)...(tlvarN)).
****************************************************************************/
/*
- * new-join-pathkeys--
+ * new_join_pathkeys
* Find the path keys for a join relation by finding all vars in the list
* of join clauses 'joinclauses' such that:
* (1) the var corresponding to the outer join relation is a
* In other words, add to each outer path key the inner path keys that
* are required for qualification.
*
- * 'outer-pathkeys' is the list of the outer path's path keys
- * 'join-rel-tlist' is the target list of the join relation
+ * 'outer_pathkeys' is the list of the outer path's path keys
+ * 'join_rel_tlist' is the target list of the join relation
* 'joinclauses' is the list of restricting join clauses
*
* Returns the list of new path keys.
}
/*
- * new-join-pathkey--
+ * new_join_pathkey
* Finds new vars that become subkeys due to qualification clauses that
* contain any previously considered subkeys. These new subkeys plus the
* subkeys from 'subkeys' form a new pathkey for the join relation.
*
* Note that each returned subkey is the var node found in
- * 'join-rel-tlist' rather than the joinclause var node.
+ * 'join_rel_tlist' rather than the joinclause var node.
*
* 'subkeys' is a list of subkeys for which matching subkeys are to be
* found
- * 'considered-subkeys' is the current list of all subkeys corresponding
+ * 'considered_subkeys' is the current list of all subkeys corresponding
* to a given pathkey
*
* Returns a new pathkey(list of subkeys).
}
/*
- * new-matching-subkeys--
+ * new_matching_subkeys
* Returns a list of new subkeys:
- * (1) which are not listed in 'considered-subkeys'
+ * (1) which are not listed in 'considered_subkeys'
* (2) for which the "other" variable in some clause in 'joinclauses' is
* 'subkey'
- * (3) which are mentioned in 'join-rel-tlist'
+ * (3) which are mentioned in 'join_rel_tlist'
*
* Note that each returned subkey is the var node found in
- * 'join-rel-tlist' rather than the joinclause var node.
+ * 'join_rel_tlist' rather than the joinclause var node.
*
* 'subkey' is the var node for which we are trying to find matching
* clauses
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * mergeutils.c--
+ * mergeutils.c
* Utilities for finding applicable merge clauses and pathkeys
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/Attic/mergeutils.c,v 1.17 1999/02/11 14:58:53 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/Attic/mergeutils.c,v 1.18 1999/02/13 23:16:20 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include "optimizer/ordering.h"
/*
- * group-clauses-by-order--
- * If a join clause node in 'restrictinfo-list' is mergejoinable, store
+ * group_clauses_by_order
+ * If a join clause node in 'restrictinfo_list' is mergejoinable, store
* it within a mergeinfo node containing other clause nodes with the same
* mergejoin ordering.
*
- * 'restrictinfo-list' is the list of restrictinfo nodes
- * 'inner-relid' is the relid of the inner join relation
+ * 'restrictinfo_list' is the list of restrictinfo nodes
+ * 'inner_relid' is the relid of the inner join relation
*
* Returns the new list of mergeinfo nodes.
*
{
/*
- * Create a new mergeinfo node and add it to 'mergeinfo-list'
+ * Create a new mergeinfo node and add it to 'mergeinfo_list'
* if one does not yet exist for this merge ordering.
*/
PathOrder *pathorder;
/*
- * match-order-mergeinfo--
- * Searches the list 'mergeinfo-list' for a mergeinfo node whose order
+ * match_order_mergeinfo
+ * Searches the list 'mergeinfo_list' for a mergeinfo node whose order
* field equals 'ordering'.
*
* Returns the node if it exists.
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * orindxpath.c--
+ * orindxpath.c
* Routines to find index paths that match a set of 'or' clauses
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/orindxpath.c,v 1.19 1999/02/11 14:58:53 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/orindxpath.c,v 1.20 1999/02/13 23:16:21 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
- * create-or-index-paths--
+ * create_or_index_paths
* Creates index paths for indices that match 'or' clauses.
*
* 'rel' is the relation entry for which the paths are to be defined on
}
/*
- * best-or-subclause-indices--
+ * best_or_subclause_indices
* Determines the best index to be used in conjunction with each subclause
* of an 'or' clause and the cost of scanning a relation using these
* indices. The cost is the sum of the individual index costs.
* 'subclauses' are the subclauses of the 'or' clause
* 'indices' are those index nodes that matched subclauses of the 'or'
* clause
- * 'examined-indexids' is a list of those index ids to be used with
+ * 'examined_indexids' is a list of those index ids to be used with
* subclauses that have already been examined
- * 'subcost' is the cost of using the indices in 'examined-indexids'
+ * 'subcost' is the cost of using the indices in 'examined_indexids'
* 'selectivities' is a list of the selectivities of subclauses that
* have already been examined
*
}
/*
- * best-or-subclause-index--
+ * best_or_subclause_index
* Determines which is the best index to be used with a subclause of
* an 'or' clause by estimating the cost of using each index and selecting
* the least expensive.
* 'subclause' is the subclause
* 'indices' is a list of index nodes that match the subclause
*
- * Returns a list (index-id index-subcost index-selectivity)
+ * Returns a list (index_id index_subcost index_selectivity)
* (a fixnum, a fixnum, and a flonum respectively).
*
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * predmig.c--
+ * predmig.c
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/Attic/predmig.c,v 1.17 1999/02/12 17:24:50 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/Attic/predmig.c,v 1.18 1999/02/13 23:16:22 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
}
/*
- ** xfunc_complete_stream --
+ ** xfunc_complete_stream
** Given a stream composed of join nodes only, make a copy containing the
** join nodes along with the associated restriction nodes.
*/
}
/*
- ** xfunc_form_groups --
+ ** xfunc_form_groups
** A group is a pair of stream nodes a,b such that a is constrained to
** precede b (for instance if a and b are both joins), but rank(a) > rank(b).
** In such a situation, Monma and Sidney prove that no clauses should end
/* ------------------- UTILITY FUNCTIONS ------------------------- */
/*
- ** xfunc_free_stream --
+ ** xfunc_free_stream
** walk down a stream and pfree it
*/
static void
}
/*
- ** xfunc_get_downjoin --
+ ** xfunc_get_downjoin
** Given a stream node, find the next lowest node which points to a
** join predicate or a scan node.
*/
}
/*
- ** xfunc_get_upjoin --
+ ** xfunc_get_upjoin
** same as above, but upwards.
*/
static StreamPtr
}
/*
- ** xfunc_stream_qsort --
+ ** xfunc_stream_qsort
** Given a stream, sort by group rank the elements in the stream from the
** node "bottom" up. DESTRUCTIVELY MODIFIES STREAM! Returns new root.
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * prune.c--
+ * prune.c
* Routines to prune redundant paths and relations
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/Attic/prune.c,v 1.30 1999/02/12 17:24:50 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/Attic/prune.c,v 1.31 1999/02/13 23:16:23 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static List *prune_joinrel(RelOptInfo *rel, List *other_rels);
/*
- * prune-joinrels--
+ * prune_joinrels
* Removes any redundant relation entries from a list of rel nodes
- * 'rel-list'. Obviously, the first relation can't be a duplicate.
+ * 'rel_list'. Obviously, the first relation can't be a duplicate.
*
* Returns the resulting list.
*
}
/*
- * prune-joinrel--
- * Prunes those relations from 'other-rels' that are redundant with
+ * prune_joinrel
+ * Prunes those relations from 'other_rels' that are redundant with
* 'rel'. A relation is redundant if it is built up of the same
* relations as 'rel'. Paths for the redundant relation are merged into
* the pathlist of 'rel'.
}
/*
- * rels-set-cheapest
- * For each relation entry in 'rel-list' (which corresponds to a join
+ * rels_set_cheapest
+ * For each relation entry in 'rel_list' (which corresponds to a join
* relation), set pointers to the cheapest path
*/
void
/*
- * merge-joinrels--
+ * merge_joinrels
* Given two lists of rel nodes that are already
* pruned, merge them into one pruned rel node list
*
- * 'rel-list1' and
- * 'rel-list2' are the rel node lists
+ * 'rel_list1' and
+ * 'rel_list2' are the rel node lists
*
* Returns one pruned rel node list
*/
}
/*
- * prune_oldrels--
+ * prune_oldrels
* If all the joininfo's in a rel node are inactive,
* that means that this node has been joined into
* other nodes in all possible ways, therefore
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * xfunc.c--
+ * xfunc.c
* Utility routines to handle expensive function optimization.
* Includes xfunc_trypullup(), which attempts early pullup of predicates
* to allow for maximal pruning.
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/Attic/xfunc.c,v 1.27 1999/02/12 17:24:50 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/Attic/xfunc.c,v 1.28 1999/02/13 23:16:24 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
*/
/*
-** xfunc_trypullup --
+** xfunc_trypullup
** Preliminary pullup of predicates, to allow for maximal pruning.
** Given a relation, check each of its paths and see if you can
** pullup clauses from its inner and outer.
}
/*
- ** xfunc_shouldpull --
+ ** xfunc_shouldpull
** find clause with highest rank, and decide whether to pull it up
** from child to parent. Currently we only pullup secondary join clauses
** that are in the pathrestrictinfo. Secondary hash and sort clauses are
Path childpath,
JoinPath parentpath,
int whichchild,
- RestrictInfo * maxcinfopt) /* Out: pointer to clause
+ RestrictInfo *maxcinfopt) /* Out: pointer to clause
* to pullup */
{
LispValue clauselist,
/*
- ** xfunc_pullup --
+ ** xfunc_pullup
** move clause from child pathnode to parent pathnode. This operation
** makes the child pathnode produce a larger relation than it used to.
** This means that we must construct a new RelOptInfo just for the childpath,
}
/*
- ** xfunc_join_expense --
+ ** xfunc_join_expense
** Find global expense of a join clause
*/
Cost
}
/*
- ** xfunc_func_expense --
+ ** xfunc_func_expense
** given a Func or Oper and its args, find its expense.
** Note: in Stonebraker's SIGMOD '91 paper, he uses a more complicated metric
** than the one here. We can ignore the expected number of tuples for
}
/*
- ** xfunc_width --
+ ** xfunc_width
** recursively find the width of a expression
*/
/*
- ** xfunc_expense_per_tuple --
+ ** xfunc_expense_per_tuple
** return the expense of the join *per-tuple* of the input relation.
** The cost model here is that a join costs
** k*card(outer)*card(inner) + l*card(outer) + m*card(inner) + n
}
/*
- ** xfunc_fixvars --
+ ** xfunc_fixvars
** After pulling up a clause, we must walk its expression tree, fixing Var
** nodes to point to the correct varno (either INNER or OUTER, depending
** on which child the clause was pulled from), and the right varattno in the
* have to add it. *
*
*/
- add_tl_element(rel, (Var) clause);
+ add_var_to_tlist(rel, (Var) clause);
tle = tlistentry_member((Var) clause, get_targetlist(rel));
}
set_varno(((Var) clause), varno);
}
/*
- ** xfunc_disjunct_sort --
+ ** xfunc_disjunct_sort
** given a list of clauses, for each clause sort the disjuncts by cost
** (this assumes the predicates have been converted to Conjunctive NF)
** Modifies the clause list!
/* ------------------------ UTILITY FUNCTIONS ------------------------------- */
/*
- ** xfunc_func_width --
+ ** xfunc_func_width
** Given a function OID and operands, find the width of the return value.
*/
int
}
/*
- ** xfunc_tuple_width --
+ ** xfunc_tuple_width
** Return the sum of the lengths of all the attributes of a given relation
*/
int
}
/*
- ** xfunc_num_join_clauses --
+ ** xfunc_num_join_clauses
** Find the number of join clauses associated with this join path
*/
int
}
/*
- ** xfunc_LispRemove --
+ ** xfunc_LispRemove
** Just like LispRemove, but it whines if the item to be removed ain't there
*/
LispValue
} while(0)
/*
- ** xfunc_copyrel --
+ ** xfunc_copyrel
** Just like _copyRel, but doesn't copy the paths
*/
bool
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * createplan.c--
+ * createplan.c
* Routines to create the desired plan for processing a query
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/createplan.c,v 1.45 1999/02/12 17:24:51 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/createplan.c,v 1.46 1999/02/13 23:16:27 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int keycount);
/*
- * create_plan--
+ * create_plan
* Creates the access plan for a query by tracing backwards through the
- * desired chain of pathnodes, starting at the node 'best-path'. For
+ * desired chain of pathnodes, starting at the node 'best_path'. For
* every pathnode found:
* (1) Create a corresponding plan node containing appropriate id,
* target list, and qualification information.
* relative values.
* (3) Target lists are not modified, but will be in another routine.
*
- * best-path is the best access path
+ * best_path is the best access path
*
* Returns the optimal(?) access plan.
*/
}
/*
- * create_scan_node--
- * Create a scan path for the parent relation of 'best-path'.
+ * create_scan_node
+ * Create a scan path for the parent relation of 'best_path'.
*
- * tlist is the targetlist for the base relation scanned by 'best-path'
+ * tlist is the targetlist for the base relation scanned by 'best_path'
*
* Returns the scan node.
*/
}
/*
- * create_join_node --
- * Create a join path for 'best-path' and(recursively) paths for its
+ * create_join_node
+ * Create a join path for 'best_path' and(recursively) paths for its
* inner and outer paths.
*
* 'tlist' is the targetlist for the join relation corresponding to
- * 'best-path'
+ * 'best_path'
*
* Returns the join node.
*/
/*
* * Expensive function pullups may have pulled local predicates *
- * into this path node. Put them in the qpqual of the plan node. * --
+ * into this path node. Put them in the qpqual of the plan node. *
* JMH, 6/15/92
*/
if (get_loc_restrictinfo(best_path) != NIL)
/*
- * create_seqscan_node--
- * Returns a seqscan node for the base relation scanned by 'best-path'
- * with restriction clauses 'scan-clauses' and targetlist 'tlist'.
+ * create_seqscan_node
+ * Returns a seqscan node for the base relation scanned by 'best_path'
+ * with restriction clauses 'scan_clauses' and targetlist 'tlist'.
*/
static SeqScan *
create_seqscan_node(Path *best_path, List *tlist, List *scan_clauses)
}
/*
- * create_indexscan_node--
- * Returns a indexscan node for the base relation scanned by 'best-path'
- * with restriction clauses 'scan-clauses' and targetlist 'tlist'.
+ * create_indexscan_node
+ * Returns a indexscan node for the base relation scanned by 'best_path'
+ * with restriction clauses 'scan_clauses' and targetlist 'tlist'.
*/
static IndexScan *
create_indexscan_node(IndexPath *best_path,
/*
- * switch_outer--
+ * switch_outer
* Given a list of merge clauses, rearranges the elements within the
* clauses so the outer join variable is on the left and the inner is on
* the right.
}
/*
- * set-noname-tlist-operators--
+ * set_noname_tlist_operators
* Sets the key and keyop fields of resdom nodes in a target list.
*
* 'tlist' is the target list
*****************************************************************************/
/*
- * make_noname--
+ * make_noname
* Create plan nodes to sort or materialize relations into noname. The
- * result returned for a sort will look like (SEQSCAN(SORT(plan-node)))
- * or (SEQSCAN(MATERIAL(plan-node)))
+ * result returned for a sort will look like (SEQSCAN(SORT(plan_node)))
+ * or (SEQSCAN(MATERIAL(plan_node)))
*
* 'tlist' is the target list of the scan to be sorted or hashed
* 'pathkeys' is the list of keys which the sort or hash will be done on
* 'operators' is the operators with which the sort or hash is to be done
* (a list of operator OIDs)
- * 'plan-node' is the node which yields tuples for the sort
+ * 'plan_node' is the node which yields tuples for the sort
* 'nonametype' indicates which operation(sort or hash) to perform
*/
static Noname *
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * initsplan.c--
+ * initsplan.c
* Target list, qualification, joininfo initialization routines
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/initsplan.c,v 1.22 1999/02/03 21:16:35 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/initsplan.c,v 1.23 1999/02/13 23:16:29 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern int Quiet;
-static void add_clause_to_rels(Query *root, List *clause);
-static void add_join_info_to_rels(Query *root, RestrictInfo * restrictinfo,
+static void add_restrict_and_join_to_rel(Query *root, List *clause);
+static void add_join_info_to_rels(Query *root, RestrictInfo *restrictinfo,
List *join_relids);
static void add_vars_to_targetlist(Query *root, List *vars, List *join_relids);
*****************************************************************************/
/*
- * init-base-rel-tlist--
+ * make_var_only_tlist
* Creates rel nodes for every relation mentioned in the target list
* 'tlist' (if a node hasn't already been created) and adds them to
- * *query-relation-list*. Creates targetlist entries for each member of
+ * *query_relation_list*. Creates targetlist entries for each member of
* 'tlist' and adds them to the tlist field of the appropriate rel node.
- *
- * Returns nothing.
*/
void
-init_base_rels_tlist(Query *root, List *tlist)
+make_var_only_tlist(Query *root, List *tlist)
{
List *tlist_vars = NIL;
List *l = NIL;
/* now, the target list only contains Var nodes */
foreach(tvar, tlist_vars)
{
- Var *var;
+ Var *var = (Var *) lfirst(tvar);
Index varno;
RelOptInfo *result;
- var = (Var *) lfirst(tvar);
varno = var->varno;
result = get_base_rel(root, varno);
- add_tl_element(result, var);
+ add_var_to_tlist(result, var);
}
}
/*
- * add_missing-vars-to-tlist--
+ * add_missing_vars_to_tlist
* If we have range variable(s) in the FROM clause that does not appear
* in the target list nor qualifications, we add it to the base relation
* list. For instance, "select f.x from foo f, foo f2" is a join of f and
OIDOID, -1, 0, varno, ObjectIdAttributeNumber);
/* add it to base_rel_list */
result = get_base_rel(root, varno);
- add_tl_element(result, var);
+ add_var_to_tlist(result, var);
}
pfree(relids);
varno++;
/*
- * init-base-rels-qual--
+ * add_restrict_and_join_to_rels-
* Initializes RestrictInfo and JoinInfo fields of relation entries for all
* relations appearing within clauses. Creates new relation entries if
- * necessary, adding them to *query-relation-list*.
+ * necessary, adding them to *query_relation_list*.
*
* Returns nothing of interest.
*/
void
-init_base_rels_qual(Query *root, List *clauses)
+add_restrict_and_join_to_rels(Query *root, List *clauses)
{
List *clause;
foreach(clause, clauses)
- add_clause_to_rels(root, lfirst(clause));
+ add_restrict_and_join_to_rel(root, lfirst(clause));
return;
}
/*
- * add-clause-to-rels--
+ * add_restrict_and_join_to_rel-
* Add clause information to either the 'RestrictInfo' or 'JoinInfo' field
* of a relation entry(depending on whether or not the clause is a join)
* by creating a new RestrictInfo node and setting appropriate fields
* Returns nothing of interest.
*/
static void
-add_clause_to_rels(Query *root, List *clause)
+add_restrict_and_join_to_rel(Query *root, List *clause)
{
List *relids;
List *vars;
if (length(relids) == 1)
{
- RelOptInfo *rel = get_base_rel(root, lfirsti(relids));
-
/*
* There is only one relation participating in 'clause', so
* 'clause' must be a restriction clause.
*/
+ RelOptInfo *rel = get_base_rel(root, lfirsti(relids));
/*
- * the selectivity of the clause must be computed regardless of
+ * The selectivity of the clause must be computed regardless of
* whether it's a restriction or a join clause
*/
if (is_funcclause((Node *) clause))
- {
/*
* XXX If we have a func clause set selectivity to 1/3, really
* need a true selectivity function.
*/
restrictinfo->selectivity = (Cost) 0.3333333;
- }
else
- {
restrictinfo->selectivity = compute_clause_selec(root, (Node *) clause, NIL);
- }
+
rel->restrictinfo = lcons(restrictinfo, rel->restrictinfo);
}
else
{
-
/*
* 'clause' is a join clause, since there is more than one atom in
* the relid list.
*/
-
if (is_funcclause((Node *) clause))
- {
-
/*
* XXX If we have a func clause set selectivity to 1/3, really
* need a true selectivity function.
*/
restrictinfo->selectivity = (Cost) 0.3333333;
- }
else
- {
restrictinfo->selectivity = compute_clause_selec(root, (Node *) clause, NIL);
- }
+
add_join_info_to_rels(root, restrictinfo, relids);
/* we are going to be doing a join, so add var to targetlist */
add_vars_to_targetlist(root, vars, relids);
}
/*
- * add-join-info-to-rels--
+ * add_join_info_to_rels
* For every relation participating in a join clause, add 'restrictinfo' to
* the appropriate joininfo node(creating a new one and adding it to the
* appropriate rel node if necessary).
*
* 'restrictinfo' describes the join clause
- * 'join-relids' is the list of relations participating in the join clause
+ * 'join_relids' is the list of relations participating in the join clause
*
* Returns nothing.
*
*/
static void
-add_join_info_to_rels(Query *root, RestrictInfo * restrictinfo, List *join_relids)
+add_join_info_to_rels(Query *root, RestrictInfo *restrictinfo, List *join_relids)
{
List *join_relid;
}
/*
- * add-vars-to-targetlist--
+ * add_vars_to_targetlist
* For each variable appearing in a clause,
* (1) If a targetlist entry for the variable is not already present in
* the appropriate relation's target list, add one.
* entry of the targetlist entry.
*
* 'vars' is the list of var nodes
- * 'join-relids' is the list of relids appearing in the join clause
+ * 'join_relids' is the list of relids appearing in the join clause
* (if this is a join clause)
*
* Returns nothing.
tlistentry = tlistentry_member(var, rel->targetlist);
if (tlistentry == NULL)
/* add a new entry */
- add_tl_element(rel, var);
+ add_var_to_tlist(rel, var);
}
}
*****************************************************************************/
/*
- * init-join-info--
+ * init_join_info
* Set the MergeJoinable or HashJoinable field for every joininfo node
* (within a rel node) and the MergeJoinOrder or HashJoinOp field for
* each restrictinfo node(within a joininfo node) for all relations in a
}
/*
- * mergejoinop--
+ * mergejoinop
* Returns the mergejoin operator of an operator iff 'clause' is
* mergejoinable, i.e., both operands are single vars and the operator is
* a mergejoinable operator.
}
/*
- * hashjoinop--
+ * hashjoinop
* Returns the hashjoin operator of an operator iff 'clause' is
* hashjoinable, i.e., both operands are single vars and the operator is
* a hashjoinable operator.
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * planmain.c--
+ * planmain.c
* Routines to plan a single query
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planmain.c,v 1.30 1999/02/09 17:03:00 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planmain.c,v 1.31 1999/02/13 23:16:30 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
List *groupClause, Plan *subplan);
/*
- * query_planner--
+ * query_planner
* Routine to create a query plan. It does so by first creating a
* subplan for the topmost level of attributes in the query. Then,
* it modifies all target list and qualifications to consider the next
* be placed where and any relation level qualifications to be
* satisfied.
*
- * command-type is the query command, e.g., retrieve, delete, etc.
+ * command-type is the query command, e.g., select, delete, etc.
* tlist is the target list of the query
* qual is the qualification of the query
*
*/
if (var_only_tlist == NULL && qual == NULL)
{
-
switch (command_type)
{
case CMD_SELECT:
(Node *) constant_qual,
(Plan *) NULL));
break;
-
case CMD_DELETE:
case CMD_UPDATE:
{
(Plan *) NULL);
if (constant_qual != NULL)
- {
return ((Plan *) make_result(tlist,
(Node *) constant_qual,
(Plan *) scan));
- }
else
return (Plan *) scan;
}
break;
-
default:
return (Plan *) NULL;
}
* Subplanner creates an entire plan consisting of joins and scans
* for processing a single level of attributes.
*
- * flat-tlist is the flattened target list
+ * flat_tlist is the flattened target list
* qual is the qualification to be satisfied
*
* Returns a subplan.
root->base_rel_list = NIL;
root->join_rel_list = NIL;
- init_base_rels_tlist(root, flat_tlist);
- init_base_rels_qual(root, qual);
+ make_var_only_tlist(root, flat_tlist);
+ add_restrict_and_join_to_rels(root, qual);
add_missing_vars_to_tlist(root, flat_tlist);
/*
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * planner.c--
+ * planner.c
* The query optimizer external interface.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planner.c,v 1.43 1999/02/09 17:03:01 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planner.c,v 1.44 1999/02/13 23:16:32 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
}
/*
- * union_planner--
+ * union_planner
*
* Invokes the planner on union queries if there are any left,
* recursing if necessary to get them all, then processes normal plans.
}
/*
- * make_sortplan--
+ * make_sortplan
* Returns a sortplan which is basically a SORT node attached to the
* top of the plan returned from the planner. It also adds the
* cost of sorting into the plan.
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * setrefs.c--
+ * setrefs.c
* Routines to change varno/attno entries to contain references
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/setrefs.c,v 1.38 1999/02/09 17:03:01 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/setrefs.c,v 1.39 1999/02/13 23:16:33 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
*****************************************************************************/
/*
- * set-tlist-references--
+ * set_tlist_references
* Modifies the target list of nodes in a plan to reference target lists
* at lower levels.
*
}
/*
- * set-join-tlist-references--
+ * set_join_tlist_references
* Modifies the target list of a join node by setting the varnos and
* varattnos to reference the target list of the outer and inner join
* relations.
}
/*
- * set-nonamescan-tlist-references--
+ * set_nonamescan_tlist_references
* Modifies the target list of a node that scans a noname relation (i.e., a
* sort or hash node) so that the varnos refer to the child noname.
*
}
/*
- * set-noname-tlist-references--
+ * set_noname_tlist_references
* The noname's vars are made consistent with (actually, identical to) the
* modified version of the target list of the node from which noname node
* receives its tuples.
}
/*
- * join-references--
+ * join_references
* Creates a new set of join clauses by replacing the varno/varattno
* values of variables in the clauses to reference target list values
* from the outer and inner join relation target lists.
*
* 'clauses' is the list of join clauses
- * 'outer-tlist' is the target list of the outer join relation
- * 'inner-tlist' is the target list of the inner join relation
+ * 'outer_tlist' is the target list of the outer join relation
+ * 'inner_tlist' is the target list of the inner join relation
*
* Returns the new join clauses.
*
}
/*
- * index-outerjoin-references--
+ * index_outerjoin_references
* Given a list of join clauses, replace the operand corresponding to the
* outer relation in the join with references to the corresponding target
- * list element in 'outer-tlist' (the outer is rather obscurely
+ * list element in 'outer_tlist' (the outer is rather obscurely
* identified as the side that doesn't contain a var whose varno equals
- * 'inner-relid').
+ * 'inner_relid').
*
* As a side effect, the operator is replaced by the regproc id.
*
- * 'inner-indxqual' is the list of join clauses (so-called because they
+ * 'inner_indxqual' is the list of join clauses (so-called because they
* are used as qualifications for the inner (inbex) scan of a nestloop)
*
* Returns the new list of clauses.
}
/*
- * replace-clause-joinvar-refs
- * replace-subclause-joinvar-refs
- * replace-joinvar-refs
+ * replace_clause_joinvar_refs
+ * replace_subclause_joinvar_refs
+ * replace_joinvar_refs
*
* Replaces all variables within a join clause with a new var node
* whose varno/varattno fields contain a reference to a target list
* element from either the outer or inner join relation.
*
* 'clause' is the join clause
- * 'outer-tlist' is the target list of the outer join relation
- * 'inner-tlist' is the target list of the inner join relation
+ * 'outer_tlist' is the target list of the outer join relation
+ * 'inner_tlist' is the target list of the inner join relation
*
* Returns the new join clause.
*
}
/*
- * tlist-noname-references--
+ * tlist_noname_references
* Creates a new target list for a node that scans a noname relation,
* setting the varnos to the id of the noname relation and setting varids
* if necessary (varids are only needed if this is a targetlist internal
/* Check if the VAR is already contained in the targetlist */
if (tlist_member((Var *) clause, (List *) targetlist_so_far) == NULL)
- add_tl_element(&tmp_rel, (Var *) clause);
+ add_var_to_tlist(&tmp_rel, (Var *) clause);
return tmp_rel.targetlist;
}
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * subselect.c--
+ * subselect.c
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * prepkeyset.c--
+ * prepkeyset.c
* Special preperation for keyset queries.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
#include "optimizer/planmain.h"
/*
- * Node_Copy--
+ * Node_Copy
* a macro to simplify calling of copyObject on the specified field
*/
#define Node_Copy(from, newnode, field) newnode->field = copyObject(from->field)
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * prepqual.c--
+ * prepqual.c
* Routines for preprocessing the parse tree qualification
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepqual.c,v 1.12 1999/02/03 21:16:44 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepqual.c,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:16:37 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * preptlist.c--
+ * preptlist.c
* Routines to preprocess the parse tree target list
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/prep/preptlist.c,v 1.17 1999/02/03 21:16:45 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/prep/preptlist.c,v 1.18 1999/02/13 23:16:38 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
- * preprocess-targetlist--
+ * preprocess_targetlist
* Driver for preprocessing the parse tree targetlist.
*
* 1. Deal with appends and replaces by filling missing attributes
*****************************************************************************/
/*
- * expand-targetlist--
+ * expand_targetlist
* Given a target list as generated by the parser and a result relation,
* add targetlist entries for the attributes which have not been used.
*
}
/*
- * new-relation-targetlist--
+ * new_relation_targetlist
* Generate a targetlist for the relation with relation OID 'relid'
- * and rangetable index 'rt-index'.
+ * and rangetable index 'rt_index'.
*
* Returns the new targetlist.
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * prepunion.c--
+ * prepunion.c
* Routines to plan inheritance, union, and version queries
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepunion.c,v 1.28 1999/02/03 21:16:46 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepunion.c,v 1.29 1999/02/13 23:16:40 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
- * plan-union-queries--
+ * plan_union_queries
*
* Plans the queries for a given UNION.
*
/*
- * plan-inherit-queries--
+ * plan_inherit_queries
*
* Plans the queries for a given parent relation.
*
}
/*
- * plan-inherit-query--
+ * plan_inherit_query
* Returns a list of plans for 'relids' and a list of range table entries
* in union_rtentries.
*/
}
/*
- * find-all-inheritors -
+ * find_all_inheritors -
* Returns a list of relids corresponding to relations that inherit
* attributes from any relations listed in either of the argument relid
* lists.
/*
* Find all relations which inherit from members of
- * 'unexamined-relids' and store them in 'new-inheritors'.
+ * 'unexamined_relids' and store them in 'new_inheritors'.
*/
List *rels = NIL;
List *newrels = NIL;
}
/*
- * first-inherit-rt-entry -
+ * first_inherit_rt_entry -
* Given a rangetable, find the first rangetable entry that represents
* the appropriate special case.
*
}
/*
- * new-rangetable-entry -
- * Replaces the name and relid of 'old-entry' with the values for
- * 'new-relid'.
+ * new_rangetable_entry -
+ * Replaces the name and relid of 'old_entry' with the values for
+ * 'new_relid'.
*
- * Returns a copy of 'old-entry' with the parameters substituted.
+ * Returns a copy of 'old_entry' with the parameters substituted.
*/
static RangeTblEntry *
new_rangetable_entry(Oid new_relid, RangeTblEntry *old_entry)
}
/*
- * subst-rangetable--
- * Replaces the 'index'th rangetable entry in 'root' with 'new-entry'.
+ * subst_rangetable
+ * Replaces the 'index'th rangetable entry in 'root' with 'new_entry'.
*
* Returns a new copy of 'root'.
*/
}
/*
- * fix-parsetree-attnums--
+ * fix_parsetree_attnums
* Replaces attribute numbers from the relation represented by
- * 'old-relid' in 'parsetree' with the attribute numbers from
- * 'new-relid'.
+ * 'old_relid' in 'parsetree' with the attribute numbers from
+ * 'new_relid'.
*
- * Returns the destructively-modified parsetree.
+ * Returns the destructively_modified parsetree.
*
*/
static void
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * clauses.c--
+ * clauses.c
* routines to manipulate qualification clauses
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/clauses.c,v 1.28 1999/02/03 21:16:51 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/clauses.c,v 1.29 1999/02/13 23:16:42 momjian Exp $
*
* HISTORY
* AUTHOR DATE MAJOR EVENT
/*
- * is_opclause--
+ * is_opclause
*
* Returns t iff the clause is an operator clause:
* (op expr expr) or (op expr).
}
/*
- * make_opclause--
+ * make_opclause
* Creates a clause given its operator left operand and right
* operand (if it is non-null).
*
}
/*
- * get_leftop--
+ * get_leftop
*
* Returns the left operand of a clause of the form (op expr expr)
* or (op expr)
*****************************************************************************/
/*
- * is_funcclause--
+ * is_funcclause
*
* Returns t iff the clause is a function clause: (func { expr }).
*
}
/*
- * make_funcclause--
+ * make_funcclause
*
* Creates a function clause given the FUNC node and the functional
* arguments.
*****************************************************************************/
/*
- * or_clause--
+ * or_clause
*
* Returns t iff the clause is an 'or' clause: (OR { expr }).
*
}
/*
- * make_orclause--
+ * make_orclause
*
* Creates an 'or' clause given a list of its subclauses.
*
*****************************************************************************/
/*
- * not_clause--
+ * not_clause
*
* Returns t iff this is a 'not' clause: (NOT expr).
*
}
/*
- * make_notclause--
+ * make_notclause
*
* Create a 'not' clause given the expression to be negated.
*
}
/*
- * get_notclausearg--
+ * get_notclausearg
*
* Retrieve the clause within a 'not' clause
*
/*
- * and_clause--
+ * and_clause
*
* Returns t iff its argument is an 'and' clause: (AND { expr }).
*
}
/*
- * make_andclause--
+ * make_andclause
*
* Create an 'and' clause given its arguments in a list.
*
/*
- * case_clause--
+ * case_clause
*
* Returns t iff its argument is a 'case' clause: (CASE { expr }).
*
/*
- * pull-constant-clauses--
+ * pull_constant_clauses
* Scans through a list of qualifications and find those that
* contain no variables.
*
}
/*
- * clause-relids-vars--
+ * clause_relids_vars
* Retrieves relids and vars appearing within a clause.
* Returns ((relid1 relid2 ... relidn) (var1 var2 ... varm)) where
* vars appear in the clause this is done by recursively searching
}
/*
- * NumRelids--
- * (formerly clause-relids)
+ * NumRelids
+ * (formerly clause_relids)
*
* Returns the number of different relations referenced in 'clause'.
*/
}
/*
- * contains-not--
+ * contains_not
*
* Returns t iff the clause is a 'not' clause or if any of the
* subclauses within an 'or' clause contain 'not's.
}
/*
- * is_joinable--
+ * is_joinable
*
* Returns t iff 'clause' is a valid join clause.
*
}
/*
- * qual-clause-p--
+ * qual_clause_p
*
* Returns t iff 'clause' is a valid qualification clause.
*
}
/*
- * fix-opid--
+ * fix_opid
* Calculate the opfid from the opno...
*
* Returns nothing.
}
/*
- * fix-opids--
+ * fix_opids
* Calculate the opfid from the opno for all the clauses...
*
* Returns its argument.
}
/*
- * get_relattval--
+ * get_relattval
* For a non-join clause, returns a list consisting of the
* relid,
* attno,
}
/*
- * get_relsatts--
+ * get_relsatts
*
* Returns a list
* ( relid1 attno1 relid2 attno2 )
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * indexnode.c--
+ * indexnode.c
* Routines to find all indices on a relation
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/Attic/indexnode.c,v 1.13 1999/02/12 05:56:55 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/Attic/indexnode.c,v 1.14 1999/02/13 23:16:43 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static List *find_secondary_index(Query *root, Oid relid);
/*
- * find-relation-indices--
+ * find_relation_indices
* Returns a list of index nodes containing appropriate information for
* each (secondary) index defined on a relation.
*
}
/*
- * find-secondary-index--
+ * find_secondary_index
* Creates a list of index path nodes containing information for each
* secondary index defined on a relation by searching through the index
* catalog.
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * joininfo.c--
+ * joininfo.c
* JoinInfo node manipulation routines
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/joininfo.c,v 1.14 1999/02/10 21:02:40 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/joininfo.c,v 1.15 1999/02/13 23:16:45 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
- * joininfo-member--
+ * joininfo_member
* Determines whether a node has already been created for a join
* between a set of join relations and the relation described by
- * 'joininfo-list'.
+ * 'joininfo_list'.
*
- * 'join-relids' is a list of relids corresponding to the join relation
- * 'joininfo-list' is the list of joininfo nodes against which this is
+ * 'join_relids' is a list of relids corresponding to the join relation
+ * 'joininfo_list' is the list of joininfo nodes against which this is
* checked
*
- * Returns the corresponding node in 'joininfo-list' if such a node
+ * Returns the corresponding node in 'joininfo_list' if such a node
* exists.
*
*/
/*
- * find-joininfo-node--
+ * find_joininfo_node
* Find the joininfo node within a relation entry corresponding
- * to a join between 'this_rel' and the relations in 'join-relids'. A
+ * to a join between 'this_rel' and the relations in 'join_relids'. A
* new node is created and added to the relation entry's joininfo
* field if the desired one can't be found.
*
}
/*
- * other-join-clause-var--
+ * other_join_clause_var
* Determines whether a var node is contained within a joinclause
* of the form(op var var).
*
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * keys.c--
+ * keys.c
* Key manipulation routines
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/Attic/keys.c,v 1.16 1999/02/11 17:00:48 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/Attic/keys.c,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:16:45 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* where subkeyI is a var node
* note that the 'Keys field is a list of these
* 3. join key
- * (outer-subkey inner-subkey)
+ * (outer_subkey inner_subkey)
* where each subkey is a var node
* 4. sort key
* one of:
*/
/*
- * match-indexkey-operand--
- * Returns t iff an index key 'index-key' matches the given clause
+ * match_indexkey_operand
+ * Returns t iff an index key 'index_key' matches the given clause
* operand.
*
*/
}
/*
- * equal_indexkey_var--
- * Returns t iff an index key 'index-key' matches the corresponding
+ * equal_indexkey_var
+ * Returns t iff an index key 'index_key' matches the corresponding
* fields of var node 'var'.
*
*/
}
/*
- * extract-join-subkey--
+ * extract_join_subkey
* Returns the subkey in a join key corresponding to the outer or inner
* relation.
*
}
/*
- * pathkeys_match--
+ * pathkeys_match
* Returns t iff two sets of path keys are equivalent. They are
* equivalent if the first Var nodes match the second Var nodes.
*
}
/*
- * collect-index-pathkeys--
+ * collect_index_pathkeys
* Creates a list of subkeys by retrieving var nodes corresponding to
- * each index key in 'index-keys' from the relation's target list
+ * each index key in 'index_keys' from the relation's target list
* 'tlist'. If the key is not in the target list, the key is irrelevant
* and is thrown away. The returned subkey list is of the form:
* ((var1) (var2) ... (varn))
*
- * 'index-keys' is a list of index keys
+ * 'index_keys' is a list of index keys
* 'tlist' is a relation target list
*
* Returns the list of cons'd subkeys.
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * ordering.c--
+ * ordering.c
* Routines to manipulate and compare merge and path orderings
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/Attic/ordering.c,v 1.14 1999/02/11 21:05:28 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/Attic/ordering.c,v 1.15 1999/02/13 23:16:46 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int *better_sort);
/*
- * equal-path-ordering--
+ * equal_path_ordering
* Returns t iff two path orderings are equal.
*
*/
}
/*
- * equal-path-merge-ordering--
+ * equal_path_merge_ordering
* Returns t iff a path ordering is usable for ordering a merge join.
*
* XXX Presently, this means that the first sortop of the path matches
}
/*
- * equal-merge-ordering--
+ * equal_merge_ordering
* Returns t iff two merge orderings are equal.
*
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pathnode.c--
+ * pathnode.c
* Routines to manipulate pathlists and create path nodes
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/pathnode.c,v 1.34 1999/02/12 06:43:37 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/pathnode.c,v 1.35 1999/02/13 23:16:46 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
*****************************************************************************/
/*
- * path-is-cheaper--
+ * path_is_cheaper
* Returns t iff 'path1' is cheaper than 'path2'.
*
*/
}
/*
- * set_cheapest--
+ * set_cheapest
* Finds the minimum cost path from among a relation's paths.
*
- * 'parent-rel' is the parent relation
- * 'pathlist' is a list of path nodes corresponding to 'parent-rel'
+ * 'parent_rel' is the parent relation
+ * 'pathlist' is a list of path nodes corresponding to 'parent_rel'
*
* Returns and sets the relation entry field with the pathnode that
* is minimum.
}
/*
- * add_pathlist--
- * For each path in the list 'new-paths', add to the list 'unique-paths'
+ * add_pathlist
+ * For each path in the list 'new_paths', add to the list 'unique_paths'
* only those paths that are unique (i.e., unique ordering and ordering
* keys). Should a conflict arise, the more expensive path is thrown out,
* thereby pruning the plan space. But we don't prune if xfunc
* told us not to.
*
- * 'parent-rel' is the relation entry to which these paths correspond.
+ * 'parent_rel' is the relation entry to which these paths correspond.
*
* Returns the list of unique pathnodes.
*
}
/*
- * better_path--
- * Determines whether 'new-path' has the same ordering and keys as some
- * path in the list 'unique-paths'. If there is a redundant path,
+ * better_path
+ * Determines whether 'new_path' has the same ordering and keys as some
+ * path in the list 'unique_paths'. If there is a redundant path,
* eliminate the more expensive path.
*
* Returns:
- * The old path - if 'new-path' matches some path in 'unique-paths' and is
+ * The old path - if 'new_path' matches some path in 'unique_paths' and is
* cheaper
- * nil - if 'new-path' matches but isn't cheaper
+ * nil - if 'new_path' matches but isn't cheaper
* t - if there is no path in the list with the same ordering and keys
*
*/
*****************************************************************************/
/*
- * create_seqscan_path--
+ * create_seqscan_path
* Creates a path corresponding to a sequential scan, returning the
* pathnode.
*
pathnode->pathkeys = NIL;
/*
- * copy restrictinfo list into path for expensive function processing --
+ * copy restrictinfo list into path for expensive function processing
* JMH, 7/7/92
*/
pathnode->loc_restrictinfo = (List *) copyObject((Node *) rel->restrictinfo);
}
/*
- * create_index_path--
+ * create_index_path
* Creates a single path node for an index scan.
*
* 'rel' is the parent rel
* 'index' is the pathnode for the index on 'rel'
- * 'restriction-clauses' is a list of restriction clause nodes.
- * 'is-join-scan' is a flag indicating whether or not the index is being
+ * 'restriction_clauses' is a list of restriction clause nodes.
+ * 'is_join_scan' is a flag indicating whether or not the index is being
* considered because of its sort order.
*
* Returns the new path node.
pathnode->indexqual = NIL;
/*
- * copy restrictinfo list into path for expensive function processing --
+ * copy restrictinfo list into path for expensive function processing
* JMH, 7/7/92
*/
pathnode->path.loc_restrictinfo = set_difference((List *) copyObject((Node *) rel->restrictinfo),
}
/*
- * create_nestloop_path--
+ * create_nestloop_path
* Creates a pathnode corresponding to a nestloop join between two
* relations.
*
}
/*
- * create_mergejoin_path--
+ * create_mergejoin_path
* Creates a pathnode corresponding to a mergejoin join between
* two relations
*
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * plancat.c--
+ * plancat.c
* routines for accessing the system catalogs
*
*
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/plancat.c,v 1.24 1999/02/03 21:16:52 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/plancat.c,v 1.25 1999/02/13 23:16:47 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
- * relation-info -
+ * relation_info -
* Retrieves catalog information for a given relation. Given the oid of
* the relation, return the following information:
* whether the relation has secondary indices
/*
- * index-info--
+ * index_info
* Retrieves catalog information on an index on a given relation.
*
* The index relation is opened on the first invocation. The current
}
/*
- * index-selectivity--
+ * index_selectivity
*
* Call util/plancat.c:IndexSelectivity with the indicated arguments.
*
}
/*
- * restriction_selectivity in lisp system.--
+ * restriction_selectivity in lisp system.
*
* NOTE: The routine is now merged with RestrictionClauseSelectivity
* as defined in plancat.c
}
/*
- * join_selectivity--
+ * join_selectivity
* Similarly, this routine is merged with JoinClauseSelectivity in
* plancat.c
*
}
/*
- * find_all_inheritors--
+ * find_all_inheritors
*
* Returns a LISP list containing the OIDs of all relations which
* inherits from the relation with OID 'inhparent'.
#ifdef NOT_USED
/*
- * VersionGetParents--
+ * VersionGetParents
*
* Returns a LISP list containing the OIDs of all relations which are
* base relations of the relation with OID 'verrelid'.
*****************************************************************************/
/*
- * IdexSelectivity--
+ * IdexSelectivity
*
* Retrieves the 'amopnpages' and 'amopselect' parameters for each
* AM operator when a given index (specified by 'indexrelid') is used.
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * relnode.c--
+ * relnode.c
* Relation manipulation routines
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/relnode.c,v 1.12 1999/02/12 05:56:58 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/relnode.c,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:16:48 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
- * get_base_rel--
+ * get_base_rel
* Returns relation entry corresponding to 'relid', creating a new one if
* necessary. This is for base relations.
*
}
/*
- * get_join_rel--
+ * get_join_rel
* Returns relation entry corresponding to 'relid' (a list of relids),
* creating a new one if necessary. This is for join relations.
*
}
/*
- * rel-member--
+ * rel_member
* Determines whether a relation of id 'relid' is contained within a list
* 'rels'.
*
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * restrictinfo.c--
+ * restrictinfo.c
* RestrictInfo node manipulation routines.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/restrictinfo.c,v 1.1 1999/02/05 19:59:31 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/restrictinfo.c,v 1.2 1999/02/13 23:16:49 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include "optimizer/restrictinfo.h"
/*
- * valid-or-clause--
+ * valid_or_clause
*
* Returns t iff the restrictinfo node contains a 'normal' 'or' clause.
*
*/
bool
-valid_or_clause(RestrictInfo * restrictinfo)
+valid_or_clause(RestrictInfo *restrictinfo)
{
if (restrictinfo != NULL &&
!single_node((Node *) restrictinfo->clause) &&
}
/*
- * get-actual-clauses--
+ * get_actual_clauses
*
- * Returns a list containing the clauses from 'restrictinfo-list'.
+ * Returns a list containing the clauses from 'restrictinfo_list'.
*
*/
List *
*/
/*
- * get_relattvals--
+ * get_relattvals
* For each member of a list of restrictinfo nodes to be used with an
* index, create a vectori-long specifying:
* the attnos,
* flag indicating whether the constant is on the left or right should
* always be *SELEC-CONSTANT-RIGHT*.
*
- * 'restrictinfo-list' is a list of restrictinfo nodes
+ * 'restrictinfo_list' is a list of restrictinfo nodes
*
* Returns a list of vectori-longs.
*
}
/*
- * get_joinvars --
+ * get_joinvars
* Given a list of join restrictinfo nodes to be used with the index
* of an inner join relation, return three lists consisting of:
* the attributes corresponding to the inner join relation
* the operator.
*
* 'relid' is the inner join relation
- * 'restrictinfo-list' is a list of qualification clauses to be used with
+ * 'restrictinfo_list' is a list of qualification clauses to be used with
* 'rel'
*
*/
}
/*
- * get_opnos--
+ * get_opnos
* Create and return a list containing the clause operators of each member
* of a list of restrictinfo nodes to be used with an index.
*
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * tlist.c--
+ * tlist.c
* Target list manipulation routines
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/tlist.c,v 1.25 1999/02/10 21:02:43 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/tlist.c,v 1.26 1999/02/13 23:16:49 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
*****************************************************************************/
/*
- * tlistentry-member--
+ * tlistentry_member
*
* RETURNS: the leftmost member of sequence "targetlist" that satisfies
* the predicate "var_equal"
* MODIFIES: nothing
* REQUIRES: test = function which can operate on a lispval union
- * var = valid var-node
+ * var = valid var_node
* targetlist = valid sequence
*/
TargetEntry *
}
/*
- * matching_tlvar--
+ * matching_tlvar
*
* RETURNS: var node in a target list which is var_equal to 'var',
* if one exists.
}
/*
- * add_tl_element--
+ * add_var_to_tlist
* Creates a targetlist entry corresponding to the supplied var node
*
* 'var' and adds the new targetlist entry to the targetlist field of
* RETURNS: nothing
* MODIFIES: vartype and varid fields of leftmost varnode that matches
* argument "var" (sometimes).
- * CREATES: new var-node iff no matching var-node exists in targetlist
+ * CREATES: new var_node iff no matching var_node exists in targetlist
*/
void
-add_tl_element(RelOptInfo *rel, Var *var)
+add_var_to_tlist(RelOptInfo *rel, Var *var)
{
Expr *oldvar = (Expr *) NULL;
}
/*
- * create_tl_element--
+ * create_tl_element
* Creates a target list entry node and its associated (resdom var) pair
* with its resdom number equal to 'resdomno' and the joinlist field set
* to 'joinlist'.
*
- * RETURNS: newly created tlist-entry
+ * RETURNS: newly created tlist_entry
* CREATES: new targetlist entry (always).
*/
TargetEntry *
}
/*
- * get-actual-tlist--
+ * get_actual_tlist
* Returns the targetlist elements from a relation tlist.
*
*/
*****************************************************************************/
/*
- * tlist-member--
+ * tlist_member
* Determines whether a var node is already contained within a
* target list.
*
/*
- * match_varid--
+ * match_varid
* Searches a target list for an entry with some desired varid.
*
* 'varid' is the desired id
/*
- * new-unsorted-tlist--
+ * new_unsorted_tlist
* Creates a copy of a target list by creating new resdom nodes
* without sort information.
*
}
/*
- * copy-vars--
+ * copy_vars
* Replaces the var nodes in the first target list with those from
* the second target list. The two target lists are assumed to be
* identical except their actual resdoms and vars are different.
}
/*
- * flatten-tlist--
+ * flatten_tlist
* Create a target list that only contains unique variables.
*
*
}
/*
- * flatten-tlist-vars--
+ * flatten_tlist_vars
* Redoes the target list of a query with no nested attributes by
* replacing vars within computational expressions with vars from
* the 'flattened' target list of the query.
*
- * 'full-tlist' is the actual target list
- * 'flat-tlist' is the flattened (var-only) target list
+ * 'full_tlist' is the actual target list
+ * 'flat_tlist' is the flattened (var-only) target list
*
* Returns the modified actual target list.
*
}
/*
- * flatten-tlistentry--
+ * flatten_tlistentry
* Replaces vars within a target list entry with vars from a flattened
* target list.
*
* 'tlistentry' is the target list entry to be modified
- * 'flat-tlist' is the flattened target list
+ * 'flat_tlist' is the flattened target list
*
* Returns the (modified) target_list entry from the target list.
*
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * var.c--
+ * var.c
* Var node manipulation routines
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/var.c,v 1.15 1999/01/24 00:28:22 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/var.c,v 1.16 1999/02/13 23:16:50 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
}
/*
- * contain_var_clause--
+ * contain_var_clause
* Recursively find var nodes from a clause by pulling vars from the
* left and right operands of the clause.
*
}
/*
- * pull_var_clause--
+ * pull_var_clause
* Recursively pulls all var nodes from a clause by pulling vars from the
* left and right operands of the clause.
*
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * analyze.c--
+ * analyze.c
* transform the parse tree into a query tree
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: analyze.c,v 1.98 1999/02/08 14:14:11 wieck Exp $
+ * $Id: analyze.c,v 1.99 1999/02/13 23:16:51 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*#define YYDEBUG 1*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * gram.y--
+ * gram.y
* POSTGRES SQL YACC rules/actions
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/Attic/gram.c,v 2.71 1999/02/09 06:30:40 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/Attic/gram.c,v 2.72 1999/02/13 23:16:54 momjian Exp $
*
* HISTORY
* AUTHOR DATE MAJOR EVENT
/*#define YYDEBUG 1*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * gram.y--
+ * gram.y
* POSTGRES SQL YACC rules/actions
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/gram.y,v 2.54 1999/02/08 14:14:12 wieck Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/gram.y,v 2.55 1999/02/13 23:17:03 momjian Exp $
*
* HISTORY
* AUTHOR DATE MAJOR EVENT
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * keywords.c--
+ * keywords.c
* lexical token lookup for reserved words in postgres SQL
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/keywords.c,v 1.53 1999/02/08 14:14:13 wieck Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/keywords.c,v 1.54 1999/02/13 23:17:05 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * parse_agg.c--
+ * parse_agg.c
* handle aggregates in parser
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_agg.c,v 1.16 1999/01/24 00:28:29 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_agg.c,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:17:06 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static bool tleIsAggOrGroupCol(TargetEntry *tle, List *groupClause);
/*
- * contain_agg_clause--
+ * contain_agg_clause
* Recursively find aggref nodes from a clause.
*
* Returns true if any aggregate found.
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * parse_clause.c--
+ * parse_clause.c
* handle clauses in parser
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_clause.c,v 1.27 1999/02/02 12:57:51 wieck Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_clause.c,v 1.28 1999/02/13 23:17:07 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
* makeRangeTable -
* make a range table with the specified relation (optional) and the
- * from-clause.
+ * from_clause.
*/
void
makeRangeTable(ParseState *pstate, char *relname, List *frmList)
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_func.c,v 1.37 1999/02/03 21:16:58 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_func.c,v 1.38 1999/02/13 23:17:08 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
} SuperQE;
/*
- ** ParseNestedFuncOrColumn --
+ ** ParseNestedFuncOrColumn
** Given a nested dot expression (i.e. (relation func ... attr), build up
** a tree with of Iter and Func nodes.
*/
}
/*
- ** setup_tlist --
+ ** setup_tlist
** Build a tlist that says which attribute to project to.
** This routine is called by ParseFuncOrColumn() to set up a target list
** on a tuple parameter or return value. Due to a bug in 4.0,
}
/*
- ** setup_base_tlist --
+ ** setup_base_tlist
** Build a tlist that extracts a base type from the tuple
** returned by the executor.
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * parse_node.c--
+ * parse_node.c
* various routines that make nodes for query plans
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_node.c,v 1.23 1998/10/01 22:45:32 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_node.c,v 1.24 1999/02/13 23:17:09 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * parse_relation.c--
+ * parse_relation.c
* parser support routines dealing with relations
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_relation.c,v 1.16 1998/09/01 04:30:36 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_relation.c,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:17:10 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * parser.c--
+ * parser.c
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parser.c,v 1.36 1998/09/01 04:30:40 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parser.c,v 1.37 1999/02/13 23:17:10 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#line 2 "scan.l"
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * scan.l--
+ * scan.l
* lexical scanner for POSTGRES
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/Attic/scan.c,v 1.34 1999/02/09 03:51:39 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/Attic/scan.c,v 1.35 1999/02/13 23:17:11 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
%{
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * scan.l--
+ * scan.l
* lexical scanner for POSTGRES
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/scan.l,v 1.45 1999/02/07 23:58:10 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/scan.l,v 1.46 1999/02/13 23:17:12 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * scansup.c--
+ * scansup.c
* support routines for the lex/flex scanner, used by both the normal
* backend as well as the bootstrap backend
*
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/scansup.c,v 1.11 1999/02/07 23:59:59 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/scansup.c,v 1.12 1999/02/13 23:17:12 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * alpha.h--
+ * alpha.h
* prototypes for OSF/1-specific routines
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: alpha.h,v 1.2 1998/09/01 04:30:52 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: alpha.h,v 1.3 1999/02/13 23:17:15 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * port-protos.h--
+ * port_protos.h
* port-specific prototypes for NetBSD 1.0
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: bsd.h,v 1.2 1998/09/01 04:30:55 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: bsd.h,v 1.3 1999/02/13 23:17:16 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * dynloader.c--
+ * dynloader.c
* Dynamic Loader for Postgres for Linux, generated from those for
* Ultrix.
*
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * port-protos.h--
+ * port_protos.h
* port-specific prototypes for SunOS 4
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * port-protos.h,v 1.2 1995/05/25 22:51:03 andrew Exp
+ * port_protos.h,v 1.2 1995/05/25 22:51:03 andrew Exp
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * dgux.h--
+ * dgux.h
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: dgux.h,v 1.4 1998/09/01 04:30:58 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: dgux.h,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:17:19 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * port-protos.h--
+ * port_protos.h
* port-specific prototypes for NetBSD 1.0
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: freebsd.h,v 1.1 1998/10/27 04:41:29 scrappy Exp $
+ * $Id: freebsd.h,v 1.2 1999/02/13 23:17:19 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * dynloader.c--
+ * dynloader.c
* dynamic loader for HP-UX using the shared library mechanism
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/port/dynloader/hpux.c,v 1.6 1999/01/17 03:04:50 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/port/dynloader/hpux.c,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:17:20 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* all functions are defined here -- it's impossible to trace the
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * dynloader.h--
+ * dynloader.h
* dynamic loader for HP-UX using the shared library mechanism
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/port/dynloader/hpux.h,v 1.1 1998/01/26 02:48:36 scrappy Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/port/dynloader/hpux.h,v 1.2 1999/02/13 23:17:21 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* all functions are defined here -- it's impossible to trace the
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * port-protos.h--
+ * port_protos.h
* port-specific prototypes for Irix 5
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * port-protos.h,v 1.2 1995/03/17 06:40:18 andrew Exp
+ * port_protos.h,v 1.2 1995/03/17 06:40:18 andrew Exp
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * dynloader.c--
+ * dynloader.c
* Dynamic Loader for Postgres for Linux, generated from those for
* Ultrix.
*
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/port/dynloader/linux.c,v 1.9 1998/09/01 03:24:40 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/port/dynloader/linux.c,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:17:22 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * port-protos.h--
+ * port_protos.h
* port-specific prototypes for Linux
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: linux.h,v 1.4 1998/09/01 04:31:01 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: linux.h,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:17:23 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * port-protos.h--
+ * port_protos.h
* port-specific prototypes for NeXT
*
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * port-protos.h--
+ * port_protos.h
* port-specific prototypes for SCO 3.2v5.2
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: sco.h,v 1.2 1998/09/01 04:31:04 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: sco.h,v 1.3 1999/02/13 23:17:25 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * port-protos.h--
+ * port_protos.h
* port-specific prototypes for SunOS 4
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: solaris_i386.h,v 1.2 1998/09/01 04:31:06 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: solaris_i386.h,v 1.3 1999/02/13 23:17:25 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * port-protos.h--
+ * port_protos.h
* port-specific prototypes for SunOS 4
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: solaris_sparc.h,v 1.2 1998/09/01 04:31:07 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: solaris_sparc.h,v 1.3 1999/02/13 23:17:26 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * port-protos.h--
+ * port_protos.h
* port-specific prototypes for SunOS 4
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: sunos4.h,v 1.2 1998/09/01 04:31:08 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: sunos4.h,v 1.3 1999/02/13 23:17:27 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * dynloader.h--
+ * dynloader.h
* port-specific prototypes for Intel x86/Intel SVR4
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: svr4.h,v 1.2 1998/09/01 04:31:10 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: svr4.h,v 1.3 1999/02/13 23:17:27 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * dynloader.c--
+ * dynloader.c
* This dynamic loader uses Andrew Yu's libdl-1.0 package for Ultrix 4.x.
* (Note that pg_dlsym and pg_dlclose are actually macros defined in
* "port-protos.h".)
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/port/dynloader/ultrix4.c,v 1.4 1999/01/17 03:04:50 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/port/dynloader/ultrix4.c,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:17:29 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * dl.h--
+ * dl.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: ultrix4.h,v 1.2 1998/09/01 04:31:11 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: ultrix4.h,v 1.3 1999/02/13 23:17:29 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
* Ultrix 4.x Dynamic Loader Library Version 1.0
*
- * dl.h--
+ * dl.h
* header file for the Dynamic Loader Library
*
*
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * univel.h--
+ * univel.h
* port-specific prototypes for Intel x86/UNIXWARE
*
*
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * unixware.h--
+ * unixware.h
* port-specific prototypes for Intel x86/UNIXWARE 7
*
*
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * win.h--
+ * win.h
* port-specific prototypes for Intel x86/Window NT
*
*
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * fixade.h--
+ * fixade.h
* compiler tricks to make things work while POSTGRES does non-native
* dereferences on PA-RISC.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: fixade.h,v 1.4 1998/09/01 04:31:16 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: fixade.h,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:17:33 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* This must be included in EVERY source file.
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * port-protos.h--
+ * port_protos.h
* port-specific prototypes for HP-UX
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: port-protos.h,v 1.6 1998/09/01 04:31:17 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: port-protos.h,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:17:34 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * float.h--
+ * float.h
* definitions for ANSI floating point
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: float.h,v 1.3 1998/09/01 04:31:19 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: float.h,v 1.4 1999/02/13 23:17:37 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* These come straight out of ANSI X3.159-1989 (p.18) and
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * postmaster.c--
+ * postmaster.c
* This program acts as a clearing house for requests to the
* POSTGRES system. Frontend programs send a startup message
* to the Postmaster and the postmaster uses the info in the
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/postmaster/postmaster.c,v 1.100 1999/01/30 20:04:37 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/postmaster/postmaster.c,v 1.101 1999/02/13 23:17:40 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
*
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * locks.c--
+ * locks.c
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/rewrite/Attic/locks.c,v 1.16 1999/01/25 18:02:18 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/rewrite/Attic/locks.c,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:17:44 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * rewriteDefine.c--
+ * rewriteDefine.c
* routines for defining a rewrite rule
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteDefine.c,v 1.24 1999/02/08 14:14:13 wieck Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteDefine.c,v 1.25 1999/02/13 23:17:46 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * rewriteHandler.c--
+ * rewriteHandler.c
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteHandler.c,v 1.34 1999/02/03 21:17:04 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteHandler.c,v 1.35 1999/02/13 23:17:47 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * rewriteManip.c--
+ * rewriteManip.c
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteManip.c,v 1.28 1999/02/08 01:39:45 wieck Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteManip.c,v 1.29 1999/02/13 23:17:49 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * rewriteRemove.c--
+ * rewriteRemove.c
* routines for removing rewrite rules
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteRemove.c,v 1.21 1998/12/15 12:46:16 vadim Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteRemove.c,v 1.22 1999/02/13 23:17:50 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * rewriteSupport.c--
+ * rewriteSupport.c
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteSupport.c,v 1.31 1999/02/03 21:17:08 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteSupport.c,v 1.32 1999/02/13 23:17:52 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * buf_init.c--
+ * buf_init.c
* buffer manager initialization routines
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/buffer/buf_init.c,v 1.20 1998/12/15 12:46:18 vadim Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/buffer/buf_init.c,v 1.21 1999/02/13 23:17:54 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * buf_table.c--
+ * buf_table.c
* routines for finding buffers in the buffer pool.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/buffer/buf_table.c,v 1.13 1998/09/01 03:25:00 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/buffer/buf_table.c,v 1.14 1999/02/13 23:17:55 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * bufmgr.c--
+ * bufmgr.c
* buffer manager interface routines
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/buffer/bufmgr.c,v 1.47 1999/02/03 21:17:09 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/buffer/bufmgr.c,v 1.48 1999/02/13 23:17:57 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* defined */
/*
- * ReadBuffer --
+ * ReadBuffer
*
*/
Buffer
}
/*
- * WriteBuffer--
+ * WriteBuffer
*
* Pushes buffer contents to disk if WriteMode is BUFFER_FLUSH_WRITE.
* Otherwise, marks contents as dirty.
}
/*
- * SignalIO --
+ * SignalIO
*/
static void
SignalIO(BufferDesc *buf)
}
/*
- * BufferGetBlockNumber --
+ * BufferGetBlockNumber
* Returns the block number associated with a buffer.
*
* Note:
#ifdef NOT_USED
/*
- * BufferGetRelation --
+ * BufferGetRelation
* Returns the relation desciptor associated with a buffer.
*
* Note:
}
/*
- * RelationGetNumberOfBlocks --
+ * RelationGetNumberOfBlocks
* Returns the buffer descriptor associated with a page in a relation.
*
* Note:
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * freelist.c--
+ * freelist.c
* routines for manipulating the buffer pool's replacement strategy
* freelist.
*
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/buffer/freelist.c,v 1.13 1998/09/01 04:31:42 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/buffer/freelist.c,v 1.14 1999/02/13 23:17:59 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
- * AddBufferToFreelist --
+ * AddBufferToFreelist
*
* In theory, this is the only routine that needs to be changed
* if the buffer replacement strategy changes. Just change
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * localbuf.c--
+ * localbuf.c
* local buffer manager. Fast buffer manager for temporary tables
* or special cases when the operation is not visible to other backends.
*
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/buffer/localbuf.c,v 1.20 1999/02/03 21:17:12 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/buffer/localbuf.c,v 1.21 1999/02/13 23:18:00 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * s_lock.c--
+ * s_lock.c
* buffer manager interface routines
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/buffer/Attic/s_lock.c,v 1.16 1999/01/17 03:04:51 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/buffer/Attic/s_lock.c,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:18:02 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * fd.c--
+ * fd.c
* Virtual file descriptor code.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Id: fd.c,v 1.36 1999/02/03 21:17:14 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: fd.c,v 1.37 1999/02/13 23:18:05 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES:
*
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * ipc.c--
+ * ipc.c
* POSTGRES inter-process communication definitions.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/ipc.c,v 1.34 1998/09/02 23:05:30 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/ipc.c,v 1.35 1999/02/13 23:18:09 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
*
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * ipci.c--
+ * ipci.c
* POSTGRES inter-process communication initialization code.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/ipci.c,v 1.17 1998/12/15 12:46:24 vadim Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/ipci.c,v 1.18 1999/02/13 23:18:11 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include "miscadmin.h" /* for DebugLvl */
/*
- * SystemPortAddressCreateMemoryKey --
+ * SystemPortAddressCreateMemoryKey
* Returns a memory key given a port address.
*/
IPCKey
}
/*
- * CreateSharedMemoryAndSemaphores --
+ * CreateSharedMemoryAndSemaphores
* Creates and initializes shared memory and semaphores.
*/
/**************************************************
/*
- * AttachSharedMemoryAndSemaphores --
+ * AttachSharedMemoryAndSemaphores
* Attachs existant shared memory and semaphores.
*/
void
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * shmem.c--
+ * shmem.c
* create shared memory and initialize shared memory data structures.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/shmem.c,v 1.35 1999/02/03 21:17:16 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/shmem.c,v 1.36 1999/02/13 23:18:13 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
}
/*
- * CreateSharedRegion() --
+ * CreateSharedRegion()
*
* This routine is called once by the postmaster to
* initialize the shared buffer pool. Assume there is
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * shmqueue.c--
+ * shmqueue.c
* shared memory linked lists
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/shmqueue.c,v 1.9 1998/09/01 04:31:50 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/shmqueue.c,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:18:13 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
*
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * sinval.c--
+ * sinval.c
* POSTGRES shared cache invalidation communication code.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/sinval.c,v 1.12 1998/09/01 04:31:52 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/sinval.c,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:18:14 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
}
/*
- * RegisterSharedInvalid --
+ * RegisterSharedInvalid
* Returns a new local cache invalidation state containing a new entry.
*
* Note:
}
/*
- * InvalidateSharedInvalid --
+ * InvalidateSharedInvalid
* Processes all entries in a shared cache invalidation state.
*/
/****************************************************************************/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * sinvaladt.c--
+ * sinvaladt.c
* POSTGRES shared cache invalidation segment definitions.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/sinvaladt.c,v 1.15 1998/09/01 04:31:53 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/sinvaladt.c,v 1.16 1999/02/13 23:18:16 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
}
/*
- * CleanupInvalidationState --
+ * CleanupInvalidationState
* Note:
* This is a temporary hack. ExitBackend should call this instead
* of exit (via on_shmem_exit).
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * spin.c--
+ * spin.c
* routines for managing spin locks
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/Attic/spin.c,v 1.17 1998/09/01 04:31:55 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/Attic/spin.c,v 1.18 1999/02/13 23:18:17 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * inv_api.c--
+ * inv_api.c
* routines for manipulating inversion fs large objects. This file
* contains the user-level large object application interface routines.
*
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/large_object/inv_api.c,v 1.48 1999/02/04 14:52:00 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/large_object/inv_api.c,v 1.49 1999/02/13 23:18:20 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
}
/*
- * inv_cleanindex --
+ * inv_cleanindex
* Clean opened indexes for large objects, and clears current result.
* This is necessary on transaction commit in order to prevent buffer
* leak.
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * lmgr.c--
+ * lmgr.c
* POSTGRES lock manager code
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lmgr.c,v 1.21 1998/12/16 11:53:48 vadim Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lmgr.c,v 1.22 1999/02/13 23:18:24 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
}
/*
- * RelationInitLockInfo --
+ * RelationInitLockInfo
* Initializes the lock information in a relation descriptor.
*/
void
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * lock.c--
+ * lock.c
* simple lock acquisition
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lock.c,v 1.40 1999/01/17 20:59:56 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lock.c,v 1.41 1999/02/13 23:18:25 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* Outside modules can create a lock table and acquire/release
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * multi.c--
+ * multi.c
* multi level lock table manager
*
* Standard multi-level lock manager as per the Gray paper
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/lmgr/Attic/multi.c,v 1.26 1998/10/08 18:29:59 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/lmgr/Attic/multi.c,v 1.27 1999/02/13 23:18:27 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES:
* (1) The lock.c module assumes that the caller here is doing
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * proc.c--
+ * proc.c
* routines to manage per-process shared memory data structure
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/lmgr/proc.c,v 1.47 1998/12/29 19:32:08 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/lmgr/proc.c,v 1.48 1999/02/13 23:18:28 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* This is so that we can support more backends. (system-wide semaphore
* sets run out pretty fast.) -ay 4/95
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/lmgr/proc.c,v 1.47 1998/12/29 19:32:08 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/lmgr/proc.c,v 1.48 1999/02/13 23:18:28 momjian Exp $
*/
#include
#include
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * single.c--
+ * single.c
* set single locks in the multi-level lock hierarchy
*
* Sometimes we don't want to set all levels of the multi-level
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/lmgr/Attic/single.c,v 1.9 1998/09/01 03:25:26 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/lmgr/Attic/single.c,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:18:29 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * bufpage.c--
+ * bufpage.c
* POSTGRES standard buffer page code.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/page/bufpage.c,v 1.20 1998/09/01 04:32:04 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/page/bufpage.c,v 1.21 1999/02/13 23:18:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
*/
/*
- * PageInit --
+ * PageInit
* Initializes the contents of a page.
*/
void
}
/*
- * PageAddItem --
+ * PageAddItem
* Adds item to the given page.
*
* Note:
}
/*
- * PageGetTempPage --
+ * PageGetTempPage
* Get a temporary page in local memory for special processing
*/
Page
}
/*
- * PageRestoreTempPage --
+ * PageRestoreTempPage
* Copy temporary page back to permanent page after special processing
* and release the temporary page.
*/
}
/*
- * PageRepairFragmentation --
+ * PageRepairFragmentation
* Frees fragmented space on a page.
*/
void
}
/*
- * PageGetFreeSpace --
+ * PageGetFreeSpace
* Returns the size of the free (allocatable) space on a page.
*/
Size
}
/*
- * PageManagerModeSet --
+ * PageManagerModeSet
*
* Sets mode to either: ShufflePageManagerMode (the default) or
* OverwritePageManagerMode. For use by access methods code
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * itemptr.c--
+ * itemptr.c
* POSTGRES disk item pointer code.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/page/itemptr.c,v 1.4 1998/09/01 03:25:29 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/page/itemptr.c,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:18:33 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include "storage/bufpage.h"
/*
- * ItemPointerEquals --
+ * ItemPointerEquals
* Returns true if both item pointers point to the same item,
* otherwise returns false.
*
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * md.c--
+ * md.c
* This code manages relations that reside on magnetic disk.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/smgr/md.c,v 1.40 1999/01/17 06:18:40 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/smgr/md.c,v 1.41 1999/02/13 23:18:35 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * mm.c--
+ * mm.c
* main memory storage manager
*
* This code manages relations that reside in (presumably stable)
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/smgr/Attic/mm.c,v 1.12 1998/09/01 04:32:07 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/smgr/Attic/mm.c,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:18:36 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * smgr.c--
+ * smgr.c
* public interface routines to storage manager switch.
*
* All file system operations in POSTGRES dispatch through these
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/smgr/smgr.c,v 1.21 1998/10/08 18:30:03 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/smgr/smgr.c,v 1.22 1999/02/13 23:18:39 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * smgrtype.c--
+ * smgrtype.c
* storage manager type
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/smgr/smgrtype.c,v 1.10 1998/09/01 03:25:37 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/smgr/smgrtype.c,v 1.11 1999/02/13 23:18:40 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * dest.c--
+ * dest.c
* support for various communication destinations - see include/tcop/dest.h
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tcop/dest.c,v 1.24 1999/01/27 00:36:14 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tcop/dest.c,v 1.25 1999/02/13 23:18:42 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * fastpath.c--
+ * fastpath.c
* routines to handle function requests from the frontend
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tcop/fastpath.c,v 1.21 1998/09/01 04:32:11 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tcop/fastpath.c,v 1.22 1999/02/13 23:18:44 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* This cruft is the server side of PQfn.
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * postgres.c--
+ * postgres.c
* POSTGRES C Backend Interface
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tcop/postgres.c,v 1.98 1999/02/02 03:44:51 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tcop/postgres.c,v 1.99 1999/02/13 23:18:45 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* this is the "main" module of the postgres backend and
if (!IsUnderPostmaster)
{
puts("\nPOSTGRES backend interactive interface ");
- puts("$Revision: 1.98 $ $Date: 1999/02/02 03:44:51 $\n");
+ puts("$Revision: 1.99 $ $Date: 1999/02/13 23:18:45 $\n");
}
/* ----------------
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pquery.c--
+ * pquery.c
* POSTGRES process query command code
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tcop/pquery.c,v 1.20 1999/02/08 14:14:14 wieck Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tcop/pquery.c,v 1.21 1999/02/13 23:18:47 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * utility.c--
+ * utility.c
* Contains functions which control the execution of the POSTGRES utility
* commands. At one time acted as an interface between the Lisp and C
* systems.
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tcop/utility.c,v 1.54 1999/01/26 14:38:52 scrappy Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tcop/utility.c,v 1.55 1999/02/13 23:18:48 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ************************************************************************
*
- * Varray.c --
+ * Varray.c
*
* routines to provide a generic set of functions to handle variable sized
* arrays. originally by Jiang Wu
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * tgRecipe.c--
+ * tgRecipe.c
* Tioga recipe-related definitions
* these functions can be used in both the frontend and the
* backend
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tioga/Attic/tgRecipe.c,v 1.10 1998/09/01 04:32:20 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tioga/Attic/tgRecipe.c,v 1.11 1999/02/13 23:18:53 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * tgRecipe.h--
+ * tgRecipe.h
* Tioga recipe-related definitions and declarations
* these functions can be used in both the frontend and the
* backend
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: tgRecipe.h,v 1.7 1998/09/01 04:32:21 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: tgRecipe.h,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:18:55 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
{
TgElement elmValue; /* "inherits" TgElement attributes. */
Arr_TgNodePtr *allNodes; /* array of all nodes for this recipe. */
- Arr_TgNodePtr *rootNodes; /* array of root nodes for this recipe. --
+ Arr_TgNodePtr *rootNodes; /* array of root nodes for this recipe.
* root nodes are nodes with no parents */
Arr_TgNodePtr *eyes; /* array of pointers for the browser nodes
* recipe, execution of recipe starts by
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * acl.c--
+ * acl.c
* Basic access control list data structures manipulation routines.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/acl.c,v 1.32 1999/02/03 21:17:24 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/acl.c,v 1.33 1999/02/13 23:18:58 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * arrayfuncs.c--
+ * arrayfuncs.c
* Special functions for arrays.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/arrayfuncs.c,v 1.37 1999/02/03 21:17:26 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/arrayfuncs.c,v 1.38 1999/02/13 23:19:00 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * _ArrayCount --
+ * _ArrayCount
* Counts the number of dimensions and the *dim array for an array string.
* The syntax for array input is C-like nested curly braces
*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * arrayutils.c--
+ * arrayutils.c
* This file contains some support routines required for array functions.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/arrayutils.c,v 1.6 1998/09/01 03:25:47 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/arrayutils.c,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:19:02 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * bool.c--
+ * bool.c
* Functions for the built-in type "bool".
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/bool.c,v 1.15 1998/09/01 03:25:48 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/bool.c,v 1.16 1999/02/13 23:19:04 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * char.c--
+ * char.c
* Functions for the built-in type "char".
* Functions for the built-in type "cid".
*
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/char.c,v 1.20 1998/12/13 23:35:48 thomas Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/char.c,v 1.21 1999/02/13 23:19:05 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * chunk.c--
+ * chunk.c
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/Attic/chunk.c,v 1.18 1998/09/01 04:32:28 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/Attic/chunk.c,v 1.19 1999/02/13 23:19:06 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
}
/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * GetChunkSize --
+ * GetChunkSize
* given an access pattern and array dimensionality etc, this program
* returns the dimensions of the chunk in "d"
*-----------------------------------------------------------------------
}
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * _FindBestChunk --
+ * _FindBestChunk
* This routine does most of the number crunching to compute the
* optimal chunk shape.
* Called by GetChunkSize
}
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * get_next --
+ * get_next
* Called by _GetBestChunk to get the next tuple in the lexicographic order
*---------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#endif /* LOARRAY */
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * _ReadChunkArray --
+ * _ReadChunkArray
* returns the subarray specified bu the range indices "st" and "endp"
* from the chunked array stored in file "fp"
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * _ReadChunkArray1El --
+ * _ReadChunkArray1El
* returns one element of the chunked array as specified by the index "st"
* the chunked file descriptor is "fp"
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * date.c--
+ * date.c
* Utilities for the built-in type "AbsoluteTime" (defined in nabstime).
* Functions for the built-in type "RelativeTime".
* Functions for the built-in type "TimeInterval".
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/date.c,v 1.28 1998/10/08 18:30:05 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/date.c,v 1.29 1999/02/13 23:19:07 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* This code is actually (almost) unused.
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * datetime.c--
+ * datetime.c
* implements DATE and TIME data types specified in SQL-92 standard
*
* Copyright (c) 1994-5, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/datetime.c,v 1.27 1999/01/20 16:29:39 thomas Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/datetime.c,v 1.28 1999/02/13 23:19:08 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * datum.c--
+ * datum.c
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/datum.c,v 1.11 1998/09/01 03:25:55 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/datum.c,v 1.12 1999/02/13 23:19:09 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * dt.c--
+ * dt.c
* Functions for the built-in type "dt".
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/Attic/dt.c,v 1.64 1999/02/13 05:34:24 thomas Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/Attic/dt.c,v 1.65 1999/02/13 23:19:11 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * filename.c--
+ * filename.c
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/Attic/filename.c,v 1.16 1998/09/01 03:25:58 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/Attic/filename.c,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:19:13 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * float.c--
+ * float.c
* Functions for the built-in floating-point types.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/float.c,v 1.39 1999/01/24 00:12:59 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/float.c,v 1.40 1999/02/13 23:19:14 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * geo_ops.c--
+ * geo_ops.c
* 2D geometric operations
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/geo_ops.c,v 1.39 1998/10/29 18:11:28 thomas Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/geo_ops.c,v 1.40 1999/02/13 23:19:16 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * geo-selfuncs.c--
+ * geo-selfuncs.c
* Selectivity routines registered in the operator catalog in the
* "oprrest" and "oprjoin" attributes.
*
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/geo_selfuncs.c,v 1.6 1998/09/01 03:26:02 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/geo_selfuncs.c,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:19:18 momjian Exp $
*
* XXX These are totally bogus.
*
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * int.c--
+ * int.c
* Functions for the built-in integer types.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/int.c,v 1.19 1998/09/22 20:28:09 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/int.c,v 1.20 1999/02/13 23:19:20 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * int8.c--
+ * int8.c
* Internal 64-bit integer operations
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * like.c--
+ * like.c
* like expression handling code.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
}
-/* $Revision: 1.20 $
+/* $Revision: 1.21 $
** "like.c" A first attempt at a LIKE operator for Postgres95.
**
** Originally written by Rich $alz, mirror!rs, Wed Nov 26 19:03:17 EST 1986.
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * misc.c--
+ * misc.c
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/misc.c,v 1.15 1998/09/01 04:32:39 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/misc.c,v 1.16 1999/02/13 23:19:23 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
- * nabstime.c--
+ * nabstime.c
* parse almost any absolute date getdate(3) can (& some it can't)
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: nabstime.c,v 1.51 1998/12/31 16:30:59 thomas Exp $
+ * $Id: nabstime.c,v 1.52 1999/02/13 23:19:24 momjian Exp $
*
*/
#include
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * name.c--
+ * name.c
* Functions for the built-in type "name".
* name replaces char16 and is carefully implemented so that it
* is a string of length NAMEDATALEN. DO NOT use hard-coded constants anywhere
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/name.c,v 1.16 1998/10/08 18:30:11 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/name.c,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:19:25 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * not_in.c--
+ * not_in.c
* Executes the "not_in" operator for any data type
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/Attic/not_in.c,v 1.13 1998/09/01 04:32:41 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/Attic/not_in.c,v 1.14 1999/02/13 23:19:26 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ----------
- * numeric.c -
+ * numeric.c
*
* An exact numeric data type for the Postgres database system
*
* 1998 Jan Wieck
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/numeric.c,v 1.9 1999/01/05 11:10:45 wieck Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/numeric.c,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:19:28 momjian Exp $
*
* ----------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * numutils.c--
+ * numutils.c
* utility functions for I/O of built-in numeric types.
*
* integer: itoa, ltoa
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/numutils.c,v 1.28 1998/10/02 01:22:42 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/numutils.c,v 1.29 1999/02/13 23:19:29 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * oid.c--
+ * oid.c
* Functions for the built-in type Oid.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/oid.c,v 1.21 1998/10/29 18:07:03 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/oid.c,v 1.22 1999/02/13 23:19:29 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * regexp.c--
+ * regexp.c
* regular expression handling code.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/regexp.c,v 1.21 1999/02/03 21:17:28 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/regexp.c,v 1.22 1999/02/13 23:19:30 momjian Exp $
*
* Alistair Crooks added the code for the regex caching
* agc - cached the regular expressions used - there's a good chance
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * regproc.c--
+ * regproc.c
* Functions for the built-in type "RegProcedure".
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/regproc.c,v 1.33 1998/11/27 19:52:22 vadim Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/regproc.c,v 1.34 1999/02/13 23:19:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * selfuncs.c--
+ * selfuncs.c
* Selectivity functions for system catalogs and builtin types
*
* These routines are registered in the operator catalog in the
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/selfuncs.c,v 1.24 1999/02/05 17:47:29 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/selfuncs.c,v 1.25 1999/02/13 23:19:32 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * sets.c--
+ * sets.c
* Functions for sets, which are defined by queries.
* Example: a set is defined as being the result of the query
* retrieve (X.all)
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/Attic/sets.c,v 1.20 1998/12/15 12:46:34 vadim Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/Attic/sets.c,v 1.21 1999/02/13 23:19:33 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * tid.c--
+ * tid.c
* Functions for the built-in type tuple id
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/tid.c,v 1.5 1998/02/26 04:37:22 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/tid.c,v 1.6 1999/02/13 23:19:34 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* input routine largely stolen from boxin().
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * varchar.c--
+ * varchar.c
* Functions for the built-in type char() and varchar().
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/varchar.c,v 1.42 1998/10/06 03:02:20 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/varchar.c,v 1.43 1999/02/13 23:19:35 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * varlena.c--
+ * varlena.c
* Functions for the variable-length built-in types.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/varlena.c,v 1.46 1998/12/13 23:35:48 thomas Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/varlena.c,v 1.47 1999/02/13 23:19:36 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * version.c--
+ * version.c
* Returns the version string
*
* IDENTIFICATION
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/version.c,v 1.4 1998/10/12 05:09:55 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/version.c,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:19:36 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * catcache.c--
+ * catcache.c
* System catalog cache for tuples matching a key.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/catcache.c,v 1.38 1999/02/03 21:17:30 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/catcache.c,v 1.39 1999/02/13 23:19:39 momjian Exp $
*
* Notes:
* XXX This needs to use exception.h to handle recovery when
#endif
/* ----------------
- * comphash --
+ * comphash
* Compute a hash value, somehow.
*
* XXX explain algorithm here.
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * fcache.c--
+ * fcache.c
* Code for the 'function cache' used in Oper and Func nodes....
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/Attic/fcache.c,v 1.20 1999/02/03 21:17:31 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/Attic/fcache.c,v 1.21 1999/02/13 23:19:40 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * inval.c--
+ * inval.c
* POSTGRES cache invalidation dispatcher code.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/inval.c,v 1.20 1999/02/03 21:17:32 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/inval.c,v 1.21 1999/02/13 23:19:41 momjian Exp $
*
* Note - this code is real crufty...
*
*/
/* --------------------------------
- * InvalidationEntryAllocate--
+ * InvalidationEntryAllocate
* Allocates an invalidation entry.
* --------------------------------
*/
}
/* --------------------------------
- * LocalInvalidRegister --
+ * LocalInvalidRegister
* Returns a new local cache invalidation state containing a new entry.
* --------------------------------
*/
}
/* --------------------------------
- * LocalInvalidInvalidate--
+ * LocalInvalidInvalidate
* Processes, then frees all entries in a local cache
* invalidation state.
* --------------------------------
/*
- * DiscardInvalid --
+ * DiscardInvalid
* Causes the invalidated cache state to be discarded.
*
* Note:
}
/*
- * RegisterInvalid --
+ * RegisterInvalid
* Causes registration of invalidated state with other backends iff true.
*
* Note:
}
/*
- * RelationIdInvalidateHeapTuple --
+ * RelationIdInvalidateHeapTuple
* Causes the given tuple in a relation to be invalidated.
*
* Note:
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * lsyscache.c--
+ * lsyscache.c
* Routines to access information within system caches
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/lsyscache.c,v 1.23 1999/02/03 21:17:33 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/lsyscache.c,v 1.24 1999/02/13 23:19:42 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* Eventually, the index information should go through here, too.
}
/*
- * op_hashjoinable--
+ * op_hashjoinable
*
* Returns the hash operator corresponding to a hashjoinable operator,
* or nil if the operator is not hashjoinable.
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * rel.c--
+ * rel.c
* POSTGRES relation descriptor code.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/Attic/rel.c,v 1.3 1997/09/08 21:48:53 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/Attic/rel.c,v 1.4 1999/02/13 23:19:43 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
*/
/*
- * RelationGetIndexStrategy --
+ * RelationGetIndexStrategy
* Returns index strategy for a relation.
*
* Note:
}
/*
- * RelationSetIndexSupport --
+ * RelationSetIndexSupport
* Sets index strategy and support info for a relation.
*
* Note:
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * relcache.c--
+ * relcache.c
* POSTGRES relation descriptor cache code
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/relcache.c,v 1.57 1999/02/03 21:17:34 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/relcache.c,v 1.58 1999/02/13 23:19:44 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * syscache.c--
+ * syscache.c
* System cache management routines
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/syscache.c,v 1.23 1999/02/03 21:17:35 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/syscache.c,v 1.24 1999/02/13 23:19:45 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* These routines allow the parser/planner/executor to perform
/*
- * zerocaches--
+ * zerocaches
*
* Make sure the SysCache structure is zero'd.
*/
}
/*
- * SearchSysCacheTupleCopy--
+ * SearchSysCacheTupleCopy
*
* THis is like SearchSysCacheTuple, except it returns a copy of the tuple
* that the user is required to pfree().
/*
- * SearchSysCacheTuple--
+ * SearchSysCacheTuple
*
* A layer on top of SearchSysCache that does the initialization and
* key-setting for you.
}
/*
- * SearchSysCacheStruct--
+ * SearchSysCacheStruct
* Fills 's' with the information retrieved by calling SearchSysCache()
* with arguments key1...key4. Retrieves only the portion of the tuple
* which is not variable-length.
/*
- * SearchSysCacheGetAttribute--
+ * SearchSysCacheGetAttribute
* Returns the attribute corresponding to 'attributeNumber' for
* a given cached tuple.
*
}
/*
- * TypeDefaultRetrieve--
+ * TypeDefaultRetrieve
*
* Given a type OID, return the typdefault field associated with that
* type. The typdefault is returned as the car of a dotted pair which
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * temprel.c--
+ * temprel.c
* POSTGRES temporary relation handling
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/Attic/temprel.c,v 1.1 1999/02/02 03:45:03 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/Attic/temprel.c,v 1.2 1999/02/13 23:19:45 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * assert.c--
+ * assert.c
* Assert code.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/error/assert.c,v 1.12 1998/09/01 04:33:05 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/error/assert.c,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:19:47 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTE
* This should eventually work with elog(), dlog(), etc.
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * elog.c--
+ * elog.c
* error logger
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/error/elog.c,v 1.38 1999/01/23 22:27:29 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/error/elog.c,v 1.39 1999/02/13 23:19:47 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int ElogDebugIndentLevel = 0;
/*
- * elog --
+ * elog
* Old error logging function.
*/
void
* front-end program, write to it first. This is important because
* there's a bug in the socket code on ultrix. If the front end has
* gone away (so the channel to it has been closed at the other end),
- * then writing here can cause this backend to exit without warning --
+ * then writing here can cause this backend to exit without warning
* that is, write() does an exit(). In this case, our only hope of
* finding out what's going on is if Err_file was set to some disk
* log. This is a major pain.
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * exc.c--
+ * exc.c
* POSTGRES exception handling code.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/error/Attic/exc.c,v 1.23 1998/09/01 04:33:08 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/error/Attic/exc.c,v 1.24 1999/02/13 23:19:48 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTE
* XXX this code needs improvement--check for state violations and
*/
/*
- * EnableExceptionHandling --
+ * EnableExceptionHandling
* Enables/disables the exception handling system.
*
* Note:
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * excabort.c--
+ * excabort.c
* Default exception abort code.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/error/Attic/excabort.c,v 1.5 1998/05/29 17:00:16 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/error/Attic/excabort.c,v 1.6 1999/02/13 23:19:48 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * excid.c--
+ * excid.c
* POSTGRES known exception identifier code.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/error/Attic/excid.c,v 1.4 1997/09/08 02:31:31 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/error/Attic/excid.c,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:19:48 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
- * FailedAssertion --
+ * FailedAssertion
* Indicates an Assert(...) failed.
*/
Exception FailedAssertion = {"Failed Assertion"};
/*
- * BadState --
+ * BadState
* Indicates a function call request is inconsistent with module state.
*/
Exception BadState = {"Bad State for Function Call"};
/*
- * BadArg --
+ * BadArg
* Indicates a function call argument or arguments is out-of-bounds.
*/
Exception BadArg = {"Bad Argument to Function Call"};
*****************************************************************************/
/*
- * BadAllocSize --
+ * BadAllocSize
* Indicates that an allocation request is of unreasonable size.
*/
Exception BadAllocSize = {"Too Large Allocation Request"};
/*
- * ExhaustedMemory --
+ * ExhaustedMemory
* Indicates an dynamic memory allocation failed.
*/
Exception ExhaustedMemory = {"Memory Allocation Failed"};
/*
- * Unimplemented --
+ * Unimplemented
* Indicates a function call request requires unimplemented code.
*/
Exception Unimplemented = {"Unimplemented Functionality"};
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * format.c--
+ * format.c
* a wrapper around code that does what vsprintf does.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/error/Attic/format.c,v 1.9 1999/01/17 03:04:52 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/error/Attic/format.c,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:19:49 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * dfmgr.c--
+ * dfmgr.c
* Dynamic function manager code.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/fmgr/dfmgr.c,v 1.22 1999/02/07 22:06:01 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/fmgr/dfmgr.c,v 1.23 1999/02/13 23:19:51 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * fmgr.c--
+ * fmgr.c
* Interface routines for the table-driven function manager.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/fmgr/fmgr.c,v 1.21 1999/02/03 21:17:35 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/fmgr/fmgr.c,v 1.22 1999/02/13 23:19:52 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * dynahash.c--
+ * dynahash.c
* dynamic hashing
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/hash/dynahash.c,v 1.17 1999/02/03 21:17:38 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/hash/dynahash.c,v 1.18 1999/02/13 23:19:55 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * hashfn.c--
+ * hashfn.c
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/hash/hashfn.c,v 1.8 1998/09/01 03:26:47 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/hash/hashfn.c,v 1.9 1999/02/13 23:19:56 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * enbl.c--
+ * enbl.c
* POSTGRES module enable and disable support code.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/init/Attic/enbl.c,v 1.5 1999/02/02 03:45:04 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/init/Attic/enbl.c,v 1.6 1999/02/13 23:19:59 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include "utils/module.h" /* where the declarations go */
/*
- * BypassEnable --
+ * BypassEnable
* False iff enable/disable processing is required given on and "*countP."
*
* Note:
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * findbe.c --
+ * findbe.c
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/init/Attic/findbe.c,v 1.12 1998/09/01 04:33:14 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/init/Attic/findbe.c,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:20:00 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * globals.c--
+ * globals.c
* global variable declarations
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/init/globals.c,v 1.26 1998/10/16 06:05:16 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/init/globals.c,v 1.27 1999/02/13 23:20:00 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* Globals used all over the place should be declared here and not
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * miscinit.c--
+ * miscinit.c
* miscellanious initialization support stuff
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c,v 1.25 1999/01/17 06:18:54 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c,v 1.26 1999/02/13 23:20:01 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include "storage/fd.h" /* for O_ */
/*
- * EnableAbortEnvVarName --
+ * EnableAbortEnvVarName
* Enables system abort iff set to a non-empty string in environment.
*/
#define EnableAbortEnvVarName "POSTGRESABORT"
*/
/*
- * ExitPostgres --
+ * ExitPostgres
* Exit POSTGRES with a status code.
*
* Note:
}
/*
- * AbortPostgres --
+ * AbortPostgres
* Abort POSTGRES dumping core.
*
* Note:
#ifdef NOT_USED
/*
- * IsNoProcessingMode --
+ * IsNoProcessingMode
* True iff processing mode is NoProcessing.
*/
bool
#endif
/*
- * IsBootstrapProcessingMode --
+ * IsBootstrapProcessingMode
* True iff processing mode is BootstrapProcessing.
*/
bool
}
/*
- * IsInitProcessingMode --
+ * IsInitProcessingMode
* True iff processing mode is InitProcessing.
*/
bool
}
/*
- * IsNormalProcessingMode --
+ * IsNormalProcessingMode
* True iff processing mode is NormalProcessing.
*/
bool
}
/*
- * SetProcessingMode --
+ * SetProcessingMode
* Sets mode of processing as specified.
*
* Exceptions:
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * postinit.c--
+ * postinit.c
* postgres initialization utilities
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/init/postinit.c,v 1.36 1999/01/17 06:18:55 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/init/postinit.c,v 1.37 1999/02/13 23:20:02 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* InitPostgres() is the function called from PostgresMain
/*
- * DoChdirAndInitDatabaseNameAndPath --
+ * DoChdirAndInitDatabaseNameAndPath
* Set current directory to the database directory for the database
* named .
* Also set global variables DatabasePath and DatabaseName to those
}
/* --------------------------------
- * InitPostgres --
+ * InitPostgres
* Initialize POSTGRES.
*
* Note:
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * database.c--
+ * database.c
* miscellanious initialization support stuff
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/misc/Attic/database.c,v 1.22 1999/01/17 06:18:58 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/misc/Attic/database.c,v 1.23 1999/02/13 23:20:03 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * superuser.c--
+ * superuser.c
*
* The superuser() function. Determines if user has superuser privilege.
*
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/misc/superuser.c,v 1.7 1998/09/01 04:33:32 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/misc/superuser.c,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:20:06 momjian Exp $
*
* DESCRIPTION
* See superuser().
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * trace.c--
+ * trace.c
*
* Conditional trace ans logging functions.
*
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * aset.c--
+ * aset.c
* Allocation set definitions.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/mmgr/aset.c,v 1.13 1999/02/07 13:37:56 wieck Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/mmgr/aset.c,v 1.14 1999/02/13 23:20:09 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTE:
* This is a new (Feb. 05, 1999) implementation of the allocation set
*/
/*
- * AllocSetInit --
+ * AllocSetInit
* Initializes given allocation set.
*
* Note:
/*
- * AllocSetReset --
+ * AllocSetReset
* Frees memory which is allocated in the given set.
*
* Exceptions:
}
/*
- * AllocSetContains --
+ * AllocSetContains
* True iff allocation set contains given allocation element.
*
* Exceptions:
}
/*
- * AllocSetAlloc --
+ * AllocSetAlloc
* Returns pointer to allocated memory of given size; memory is added
* to the set.
*
}
/*
- * AllocSetFree --
+ * AllocSetFree
* Frees allocated memory; memory is removed from the set.
*
* Exceptions:
}
/*
- * AllocSetRealloc --
+ * AllocSetRealloc
* Returns new pointer to allocated memory of given size; this memory
* is added to the set. Memory associated with given pointer is copied
* into the new memory, and the old memory is freed.
}
/*
- * AllocSetDump --
+ * AllocSetDump
* Displays allocated set.
*/
void
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * mcxt.c--
+ * mcxt.c
* POSTGRES memory context code.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/mmgr/mcxt.c,v 1.11 1999/02/06 16:50:26 wieck Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/mmgr/mcxt.c,v 1.12 1999/02/13 23:20:10 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#define PSIZESPACE(LEN) ((LEN) + sizeof (int32))
/*
- * AllocSizeIsValid --
+ * AllocSizeIsValid
* True iff 0 < size and size <= MaxAllocSize.
*/
#define AllocSizeIsValid(size) (0 < (size) && (size) <= MaxAllocSize)
*****************************************************************************/
/*
- * CurrentMemoryContext --
+ * CurrentMemoryContext
* Memory context for general global allocations.
*/
MemoryContext CurrentMemoryContext = NULL;
};
/*
- * TopMemoryContext --
+ * TopMemoryContext
* Memory context for general global allocations.
*
* Note:
*/
/*
- * EnableMemoryContext --
+ * EnableMemoryContext
* Enables/disables memory management and global contexts.
*
* Note:
}
/*
- * MemoryContextAlloc --
+ * MemoryContextAlloc
* Returns pointer to aligned allocated memory in the given context.
*
* Note:
}
/*
- * MemoryContextFree --
+ * MemoryContextFree
* Frees allocated memory referenced by pointer in the given context.
*
* Note:
}
/*
- * MemoryContextRelloc --
+ * MemoryContextRelloc
* Returns pointer to aligned allocated memory in the given context.
*
* Note:
}
/*
- * MemoryContextGetName --
+ * MemoryContextGetName
* Returns pointer to aligned allocated memory in the given context.
*
* Note:
#endif
/*
- * PointerGetAllocSize --
+ * PointerGetAllocSize
* Returns size of aligned allocated memory given pointer to it.
*
* Note:
#endif
/*
- * MemoryContextSwitchTo --
+ * MemoryContextSwitchTo
* Returns the current context; installs the given context.
*
* Note:
* External Functions
*/
/*
- * CreateGlobalMemory --
+ * CreateGlobalMemory
* Returns new global memory context.
*
* Note:
}
/*
- * GlobalMemoryDestroy --
+ * GlobalMemoryDestroy
* Destroys given global memory context.
*
* Exceptions:
*****************************************************************************/
/*
- * GlobalMemoryAlloc --
+ * GlobalMemoryAlloc
* Returns pointer to aligned space in the global context.
*
* Exceptions:
}
/*
- * GlobalMemoryFree --
+ * GlobalMemoryFree
* Frees allocated memory in the global context.
*
* Exceptions:
}
/*
- * GlobalMemoryRealloc --
+ * GlobalMemoryRealloc
* Returns pointer to aligned space in the global context.
*
* Note:
}
/*
- * GlobalMemoryGetName --
+ * GlobalMemoryGetName
* Returns name string for context.
*
* Exceptions:
}
/*
- * GlobalMemoryDump --
+ * GlobalMemoryDump
* Dumps global memory context for debugging.
*
* Exceptions:
}
/*
- * DumpGlobalMemories --
+ * DumpGlobalMemories
* Dumps all global memory contexts for debugging.
*
* Exceptions:
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * oset.c--
+ * oset.c
* Fixed format ordered set definitions.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/mmgr/Attic/oset.c,v 1.10 1999/01/17 03:04:53 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/mmgr/Attic/oset.c,v 1.11 1999/02/13 23:20:10 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTE
* XXX This is a preliminary implementation which lacks fail-fast
static void OrderedElemPushHead(OrderedElem elem);
/*
- * OrderedElemGetBase --
+ * OrderedElemGetBase
* Returns base of enclosing structure.
*/
static Pointer
}
/*
- * OrderedSetInit --
+ * OrderedSetInit
*/
void
OrderedSetInit(OrderedSet set, Offset offset)
}
/*
- * OrderedSetContains --
+ * OrderedSetContains
* True iff ordered set contains given element.
*/
bool
}
/*
- * OrderedSetGetHead --
+ * OrderedSetGetHead
*/
Pointer
OrderedSetGetHead(OrderedSet set)
}
/*
- * OrderedSetGetTail --
+ * OrderedSetGetTail
*/
#ifdef NOT_USED
Pointer
#endif
/*
- * OrderedElemGetPredecessor --
+ * OrderedElemGetPredecessor
*/
Pointer
OrderedElemGetPredecessor(OrderedElem elem)
}
/*
- * OrderedElemGetSuccessor --
+ * OrderedElemGetSuccessor
*/
Pointer
OrderedElemGetSuccessor(OrderedElem elem)
}
/*
- * OrderedElemPop --
+ * OrderedElemPop
*/
void
OrderedElemPop(OrderedElem elem)
}
/*
- * OrderedElemPushInto --
+ * OrderedElemPushInto
*/
void
OrderedElemPushInto(OrderedElem elem, OrderedSet set)
}
/*
- * OrderedElemPush --
+ * OrderedElemPush
*/
static void
OrderedElemPush(OrderedElem elem)
}
/*
- * OrderedElemPushHead --
+ * OrderedElemPushHead
*/
static void
OrderedElemPushHead(OrderedElem elem)
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * palloc.c--
+ * palloc.c
* POSTGRES memory allocator code.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/mmgr/Attic/palloc.c,v 1.10 1999/02/06 16:50:27 wieck Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/mmgr/Attic/palloc.c,v 1.11 1999/02/13 23:20:11 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * portalmem.c--
+ * portalmem.c
* backend portal memory context management stuff
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/mmgr/portalmem.c,v 1.17 1999/02/06 16:50:28 wieck Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/mmgr/portalmem.c,v 1.18 1999/02/13 23:20:12 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
*
* Here is an old comment taken from nodes/memnodes.h
*
- * MemoryContext --
+ * MemoryContext
* A logical context in which memory allocations occur.
*
* The types of memory contexts can be thought of as members of the
* ----------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
- * EnablePortalManager --
+ * EnablePortalManager
* Enables/disables the portal management module.
*/
void
}
/*
- * GetPortalByName --
+ * GetPortalByName
* Returns a portal given a portal name; returns blank portal given
* NULL; returns invalid portal if portal not found.
*
}
/*
- * BlankPortalAssignName --
+ * BlankPortalAssignName
* Returns former blank portal as portal with given name.
*
* Side effect:
}
/*
- * PortalSetQuery --
+ * PortalSetQuery
* Attaches a "query" to portal.
*
* Exceptions:
}
/*
- * PortalGetQueryDesc --
+ * PortalGetQueryDesc
* Returns query attached to portal.
*
* Exceptions:
}
/*
- * PortalGetState --
+ * PortalGetState
* Returns state attached to portal.
*
* Exceptions:
}
/*
- * CreatePortal --
+ * CreatePortal
* Returns a new portal given a name.
*
* Note:
}
/*
- * PortalDestroy --
+ * PortalDestroy
* Destroys portal.
*
* Exceptions:
}
/* ----------------
- * PortalResetHeapMemory --
+ * PortalResetHeapMemory
* Resets portal's heap memory context.
*
* Someday, Reset, Start, and End can be optimized by keeping a global
}
/*
- * StartPortalAllocMode --
+ * StartPortalAllocMode
* Starts a new block of portal heap allocation using mode and limit;
* the current block is disabled until EndPortalAllocMode is called.
*
}
/*
- * EndPortalAllocMode --
+ * EndPortalAllocMode
* Ends current block of portal heap allocation; previous block is
* reenabled.
*
}
/*
- * PortalGetVariableMemory --
+ * PortalGetVariableMemory
* Returns variable memory context for a given portal.
*
* Exceptions:
}
/*
- * PortalGetHeapMemory --
+ * PortalGetHeapMemory
* Returns heap memory context for a given portal.
*
* Exceptions:
}
/*
- * PortalVariableMemoryGetPortal --
+ * PortalVariableMemoryGetPortal
* Returns portal containing given variable memory context.
*
* Exceptions:
}
/*
- * PortalHeapMemoryGetPortal --
+ * PortalHeapMemoryGetPortal
* Returns portal containing given heap memory context.
*
* Exceptions:
}
/*
- * PortalVariableMemoryGetHeapMemory --
+ * PortalVariableMemoryGetHeapMemory
* Returns heap memory context associated with given variable memory.
*
* Exceptions:
#endif
/*
- * PortalHeapMemoryGetVariableMemory --
+ * PortalHeapMemoryGetVariableMemory
* Returns variable memory context associated with given heap memory.
*
* Exceptions:
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * lselect.c--
+ * lselect.c
* leftist tree selection algorithm (linked priority queue--Knuth, Vol.3,
* pp.150-52)
*
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/sort/Attic/lselect.c,v 1.14 1998/09/01 03:27:11 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/sort/Attic/lselect.c,v 1.15 1999/02/13 23:20:15 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
- * psort.c--
+ * psort.c
* Polyphase merge sort.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: psort.c,v 1.49 1999/02/03 21:17:42 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: psort.c,v 1.50 1999/02/13 23:20:15 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* Sorts the first relation into the second relation.
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * tqual.c--
+ * tqual.c
* POSTGRES "time" qualification code.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/time/tqual.c,v 1.24 1999/01/29 09:23:12 vadim Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/time/tqual.c,v 1.25 1999/02/13 23:20:19 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
*/
/*
- * HeapTupleSatisfiesItself --
+ * HeapTupleSatisfiesItself
* True iff heap tuple is valid for "itself."
* "{it}self" means valid as of everything that's happened
* in the current transaction, _including_ the current command.
}
/*
- * HeapTupleSatisfiesNow --
+ * HeapTupleSatisfiesNow
* True iff heap tuple is valid "now."
* "now" means valid including everything that's happened
* in the current transaction _up to, but not including,_
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * common.c--
+ * common.c
* common routines between pg_dump and pg4_dump
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/pg_dump/common.c,v 1.28 1998/12/13 23:41:32 thomas Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/pg_dump/common.c,v 1.29 1999/02/13 23:20:22 momjian Exp $
*
*
/*
- * findParentsByOid --
+ * findParentsByOid
* given the oid of a class, return the names of its parent classes
* and assign the number of parents to the last argument.
*
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pg_dump.c--
+ * pg_dump.c
* pg_dump is an utility for dumping out a postgres database
* into a script file.
*
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/pg_dump/pg_dump.c,v 1.101 1999/02/08 01:46:28 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/pg_dump/pg_dump.c,v 1.102 1999/02/13 23:20:23 momjian Exp $
*
*
}
/*
- * dumpTuples --
+ * dumpTuples
* prints out the tuples in ASCII representation. The output is a valid
* input to COPY FROM stdin.
*
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pg_encoding.c--
+ * pg_encoding.c
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1998, PostgreSQL development group
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/pg_encoding/Attic/pg_encoding.c,v 1.2 1998/09/01 04:33:48 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/pg_encoding/Attic/pg_encoding.c,v 1.3 1999/02/13 23:20:26 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pg_id.c--
+ * pg_id.c
* Print the user ID for the login name passed as argument,
* or the real user ID of the caller if no argument. If the
* login name doesn't exist, print "NOUSER" and exit 1.
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/pg_id/Attic/pg_id.c,v 1.7 1999/01/17 06:19:10 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/pg_id/Attic/pg_id.c,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:20:29 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pg_version.c--
+ * pg_version.c
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/pg_version/Attic/pg_version.c,v 1.10 1998/09/01 03:27:25 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/pg_version/Attic/pg_version.c,v 1.11 1999/02/13 23:20:32 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
- * pgtclAppInit.c --
+ * pgtclAppInit.c
*
* a skeletal Tcl_AppInit that provides pgtcl initialization
* to create a tclsh that can talk to pglite backends
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * main --
+ * main
*
* This is the main program for the application.
*
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * Tcl_AppInit --
+ * Tcl_AppInit
*
* This procedure performs application-specific initialization.
* Most applications, especially those that incorporate additional
/*
- * pgtkAppInit.c --
+ * pgtkAppInit.c
*
* a skeletal Tcl_AppInit that provides pgtcl initialization
* to create a tclsh that can talk to pglite backends
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * main --
+ * main
*
* This is the main program for the application.
*
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * Tcl_AppInit --
+ * Tcl_AppInit
*
* This procedure performs application-specific initialization.
* Most applications, especially those that incorporate additional
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * psql.c--
+ * psql.c
* an interactive front-end to postgreSQL
*
* Copyright (c) 1996, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/Attic/psql.c,v 1.169 1999/02/07 02:56:53 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/Attic/psql.c,v 1.170 1999/02/13 23:20:38 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * psqlHelp.h--
+ * psqlHelp.h
* Help for query language syntax
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: psqlHelp.h,v 1.58 1999/02/02 18:51:24 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: psqlHelp.h,v 1.59 1999/02/13 23:20:40 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * stringutils.c--
+ * stringutils.c
* simple string manipulation routines
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/stringutils.c,v 1.15 1998/09/01 04:33:54 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/stringutils.c,v 1.16 1999/02/13 23:20:41 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * stringutils.h--
+ * stringutils.h
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: stringutils.h,v 1.7 1998/09/01 04:33:56 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: stringutils.h,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:20:42 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * attnum.h--
+ * attnum.h
* POSTGRES attribute number definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: attnum.h,v 1.8 1998/09/01 04:34:03 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: attnum.h,v 1.9 1999/02/13 23:20:49 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* ----------------
*/
/*
- * AttributeNumberIsValid --
+ * AttributeNumberIsValid
* True iff the attribute number is valid.
*/
#define AttributeNumberIsValid(attributeNumber) \
((bool) ((attributeNumber) != InvalidAttrNumber))
/*
- * AttrNumberIsForUserDefinedAttr --
+ * AttrNumberIsForUserDefinedAttr
* True iff the attribute number corresponds to an user defined attribute.
*/
#define AttrNumberIsForUserDefinedAttr(attributeNumber) \
((bool) ((attributeNumber) > 0))
/*
- * AttrNumberGetAttrOffset --
+ * AttrNumberGetAttrOffset
* Returns the attribute offset for an attribute number.
*
* Note:
)
/*
- * AttributeOffsetGetAttributeNumber --
+ * AttributeOffsetGetAttributeNumber
* Returns the attribute number for an attribute offset.
*/
#define AttrOffsetGetAttrNumber(attributeOffset) \
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * funcindex.h--
+ * funcindex.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: funcindex.h,v 1.6 1998/09/01 04:34:05 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: funcindex.h,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:20:50 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * genam.h--
+ * genam.h
* POSTGRES general access method definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: genam.h,v 1.17 1998/10/08 18:30:20 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: genam.h,v 1.18 1999/02/13 23:20:50 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * gist.h--
+ * gist.h
* common declarations for the GiST access method code.
*
*
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * gistscan.h--
+ * gistscan.h
* routines defined in access/gisr/gistscan.c
*
*
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * giststrat.h--
+ * giststrat.h
* routines defined in access/gist/giststrat.c
*
*
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * hash.h--
+ * hash.h
* header file for postgres hash access method implementation
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: hash.h,v 1.20 1998/10/04 20:19:06 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: hash.h,v 1.21 1999/02/13 23:20:52 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* modeled after Margo Seltzer's hash implementation for unix.
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * heapam.h--
+ * heapam.h
* POSTGRES heap access method definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: heapam.h,v 1.40 1998/12/15 12:46:44 vadim Exp $
+ * $Id: heapam.h,v 1.41 1999/02/13 23:20:52 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * hio.h--
+ * hio.h
* POSTGRES heap access method input/output definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: hio.h,v 1.9 1998/12/15 12:46:45 vadim Exp $
+ * $Id: hio.h,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:20:53 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * htup.h--
+ * htup.h
* POSTGRES heap tuple definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: htup.h,v 1.12 1998/12/15 12:46:46 vadim Exp $
+ * $Id: htup.h,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:20:54 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * ibit.h--
+ * ibit.h
* POSTGRES index valid attribute bit map definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: ibit.h,v 1.8 1998/09/01 04:34:15 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: ibit.h,v 1.9 1999/02/13 23:20:54 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#define IndexAttributeBitMapSize sizeof(IndexAttributeBitMapData)
/*
- * IndexAttributeBitMapIsValid --
+ * IndexAttributeBitMapIsValid
* True iff attribute bit map is valid.
*/
#define IndexAttributeBitMapIsValid(bits) PointerIsValid(bits)
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * iqual.h--
+ * iqual.h
* Index scan key qualification definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: iqual.h,v 1.10 1998/09/01 04:34:17 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: iqual.h,v 1.11 1999/02/13 23:20:55 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * istrat.h--
+ * istrat.h
* POSTGRES index strategy definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: istrat.h,v 1.11 1998/09/01 04:34:18 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: istrat.h,v 1.12 1999/02/13 23:20:55 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
- * StrategyNumberIsValid --
+ * StrategyNumberIsValid
* True iff the strategy number is valid.
*/
#define StrategyNumberIsValid(strategyNumber) \
((bool) ((strategyNumber) != InvalidStrategy))
/*
- * StrategyNumberIsInBounds --
+ * StrategyNumberIsInBounds
* True iff strategy number is within given bounds.
*
* Note:
(strategyNumber) <= (maxStrategyNumber)))
/*
- * StrategyMapIsValid --
+ * StrategyMapIsValid
* True iff the index strategy mapping is valid.
*/
#define StrategyMapIsValid(map) PointerIsValid(map)
/*
- * IndexStrategyIsValid --
+ * IndexStrategyIsValid
* True iff the index strategy is valid.
*/
#define IndexStrategyIsValid(s) PointerIsValid(s)
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * itup.h--
+ * itup.h
* POSTGRES index tuple definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: itup.h,v 1.16 1998/09/01 04:34:19 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: itup.h,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:20:55 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * nbtree.h--
+ * nbtree.h
* header file for postgres btree access method implementation.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: nbtree.h,v 1.22 1998/09/01 04:34:20 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: nbtree.h,v 1.23 1999/02/13 23:20:55 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * printtup.h--
+ * printtup.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: printtup.h,v 1.7 1999/01/27 00:36:10 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: printtup.h,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:20:56 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * relscan.h--
+ * relscan.h
* POSTGRES internal relation scan descriptor definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: relscan.h,v 1.13 1998/11/27 19:33:31 vadim Exp $
+ * $Id: relscan.h,v 1.14 1999/02/13 23:20:56 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
typedef IndexScanDesc *IndexScanDescPtr;
/*
- * HeapScanIsValid --
+ * HeapScanIsValid
* True iff the heap scan is valid.
*/
#define HeapScanIsValid(scan) PointerIsValid(scan)
/*
- * IndexScanIsValid --
+ * IndexScanIsValid
* True iff the index scan is valid.
*/
#define IndexScanIsValid(scan) PointerIsValid(scan)
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * rtree.h--
+ * rtree.h
* common declarations for the rtree access method code.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: rtree.h,v 1.13 1998/09/01 04:34:24 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: rtree.h,v 1.14 1999/02/13 23:20:57 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * rtscan.h--
+ * rtscan.h
* routines defined in access/rtree/rtscan.c
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: rtscan.h,v 1.5 1998/09/01 04:34:25 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: rtscan.h,v 1.6 1999/02/13 23:20:58 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * rtstrat.h--
+ * rtstrat.h
* routines defined in access/rtree/rtstrat.c
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: rtstrat.h,v 1.8 1998/09/01 04:34:26 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: rtstrat.h,v 1.9 1999/02/13 23:20:58 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * sdir.h--
+ * sdir.h
* POSTGRES scan direction definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: sdir.h,v 1.4 1998/09/01 04:34:27 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: sdir.h,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:20:58 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
} ScanDirection;
/*
- * ScanDirectionIsValid --
+ * ScanDirectionIsValid
* True iff scan direction is valid.
*/
#define ScanDirectionIsValid(direction) \
direction <= ForwardScanDirection))
/*
- * ScanDirectionIsBackward --
+ * ScanDirectionIsBackward
* True iff scan direction is backward.
*/
#define ScanDirectionIsBackward(direction) \
((bool) (direction == BackwardScanDirection))
/*
- * ScanDirectionIsNoMovement --
+ * ScanDirectionIsNoMovement
* True iff scan direction indicates no movement.
*/
#define ScanDirectionIsNoMovement(direction) \
((bool) (direction == NoMovementScanDirection))
/*
- * ScanDirectionIsForward --
+ * ScanDirectionIsForward
* True iff scan direction is forward.
*/
#define ScanDirectionIsForward(direction) \
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * skey.h--
+ * skey.h
* POSTGRES scan key definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: skey.h,v 1.10 1998/09/01 04:34:29 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: skey.h,v 1.11 1999/02/13 23:20:58 momjian Exp $
*
*
* Note:
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * strat.h--
+ * strat.h
* index strategy type definitions
* (separated out from original istrat.h to avoid circular refs)
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: strat.h,v 1.11 1998/09/01 04:34:30 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: strat.h,v 1.12 1999/02/13 23:20:58 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
typedef StrategyEvaluationData *StrategyEvaluation;
/*
- * StrategyTransformMapIsValid --
+ * StrategyTransformMapIsValid
* Returns true iff strategy transformation map is valid.
*/
#define StrategyTransformMapIsValid(transform) PointerIsValid(transform)
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * transam.h--
+ * transam.h
* postgres transaction access method support code header
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: transam.h,v 1.18 1998/12/18 09:09:52 vadim Exp $
+ * $Id: transam.h,v 1.19 1999/02/13 23:20:59 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* Transaction System Version 101 now support proper oid
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * tupdesc.h--
+ * tupdesc.h
* POSTGRES tuple descriptor definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: tupdesc.h,v 1.20 1998/09/01 04:34:32 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: tupdesc.h,v 1.21 1999/02/13 23:20:59 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * tupmacs.h--
+ * tupmacs.h
* Tuple macros used by both index tuples and heap tuples.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: tupmacs.h,v 1.7 1998/09/08 15:24:11 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: tupmacs.h,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:20:59 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * valid.h--
+ * valid.h
* POSTGRES tuple qualification validity definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: valid.h,v 1.16 1998/11/27 19:33:32 vadim Exp $
+ * $Id: valid.h,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:20:59 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * xact.h--
+ * xact.h
* postgres transaction system header
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: xact.h,v 1.19 1998/12/18 09:09:52 vadim Exp $
+ * $Id: xact.h,v 1.20 1999/02/13 23:21:00 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * bootstrap.h--
+ * bootstrap.h
* include file for the bootstrapping code
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: bootstrap.h,v 1.13 1998/09/01 04:34:36 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: bootstrap.h,v 1.14 1999/02/13 23:21:00 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * c.h--
+ * c.h
* Fundamental C definitions. This is included by every .c file in
* postgres.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: c.h,v 1.50 1999/02/11 01:36:55 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: c.h,v 1.51 1999/02/13 23:20:44 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* ----------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
- * bool --
+ * bool
* Boolean value, either true or false.
*
*/
#ifdef __STDC__ /* ANSI C */
/*
- * Pointer --
+ * Pointer
* Variable holding address of any memory resident object.
*/
#ifndef NULL
/*
- * NULL --
+ * NULL
* Null pointer.
*/
#define NULL ((void *) 0)
#else /* !defined(__STDC__) *//* NOT ANSI C */
/*
- * Pointer --
+ * Pointer
* Variable containing address of any memory resident object.
*/
typedef char *Pointer;
#ifndef NULL
/*
- * NULL --
+ * NULL
* Null pointer.
*/
#define NULL 0
#endif /* !defined(NULL) */
/*
- * const --
+ * const
* Type modifier. Identifies read only variables.
*
* Example:
#endif
/*
- * signed --
+ * signed
* Type modifier. Identifies signed integral types.
*/
#define signed /* signed */
/*
- * volatile --
+ * volatile
* Type modifier. Identifies variables which may change in ways not
* noticeable by the compiler, e.g. via asynchronous interrupts.
*
#endif /* !defined(__STDC__) */ /* NOT ANSI C */
/*
- * CppAsString --
+ * CppAsString
* Convert the argument to a string, using the C preprocessor.
- * CppConcat --
+ * CppConcat
* Concatenate two arguments together, using the C preprocessor.
*/
#if defined(HAVE_ANSI_CPP)
*/
/*
- * intN --
+ * intN
* Signed integer, EXACTLY N BITS IN SIZE,
* used for numerical computations and the
* frontend/backend protocol.
typedef signed int int32; /* == 32 bits */
/*
- * uintN --
+ * uintN
* Unsigned integer, EXACTLY N BITS IN SIZE,
* used for numerical computations and the
* frontend/backend protocol.
typedef unsigned int uint32; /* == 32 bits */
/*
- * floatN --
+ * floatN
* Floating point number, AT LEAST N BITS IN SIZE,
* used for numerical computations.
*
typedef double *float64;
/*
- * boolN --
+ * boolN
* Boolean value, AT LEAST N BITS IN SIZE.
*/
typedef uint8 bool8; /* >= 8 bits */
typedef uint32 bool32; /* >= 32 bits */
/*
- * bitsN --
+ * bitsN
* Unit of bitwise operation, AT LEAST N BITS IN SIZE.
*/
typedef uint8 bits8; /* >= 8 bits */
typedef uint32 bits32; /* >= 32 bits */
/*
- * wordN --
+ * wordN
* Unit of storage, AT LEAST N BITS IN SIZE,
* used to fetch/store data.
*/
typedef uint32 word32; /* >= 32 bits */
/*
- * Size --
+ * Size
* Size of any memory resident object, as returned by sizeof.
*/
typedef size_t Size;
/*
- * Index --
+ * Index
* Index into any memory resident array.
*
* Note:
} IntArray;
/*
- * Offset --
+ * Offset
* Offset into any memory resident array.
*
* Note:
* ----------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
- * datum.h --
+ * datum.h
* POSTGRES abstract data type datum representation definitions.
*
* Note:
#define SET_4_BYTES(value) (((Datum) (value)) & 0xffffffff)
/*
- * DatumGetChar --
+ * DatumGetChar
* Returns character value of a datum.
*/
#define DatumGetChar(X) ((char) GET_1_BYTE(X))
/*
- * CharGetDatum --
+ * CharGetDatum
* Returns datum representation for a character.
*/
#define CharGetDatum(X) ((Datum) SET_1_BYTE(X))
/*
- * Int8GetDatum --
+ * Int8GetDatum
* Returns datum representation for an 8-bit integer.
*/
#define Int8GetDatum(X) ((Datum) SET_1_BYTE(X))
/*
- * DatumGetUInt8 --
+ * DatumGetUInt8
* Returns 8-bit unsigned integer value of a datum.
*/
#define DatumGetUInt8(X) ((uint8) GET_1_BYTE(X))
/*
- * UInt8GetDatum --
+ * UInt8GetDatum
* Returns datum representation for an 8-bit unsigned integer.
*/
#define UInt8GetDatum(X) ((Datum) SET_1_BYTE(X))
/*
- * DatumGetInt16 --
+ * DatumGetInt16
* Returns 16-bit integer value of a datum.
*/
#define DatumGetInt16(X) ((int16) GET_2_BYTES(X))
/*
- * Int16GetDatum --
+ * Int16GetDatum
* Returns datum representation for a 16-bit integer.
*/
#define Int16GetDatum(X) ((Datum) SET_2_BYTES(X))
/*
- * DatumGetUInt16 --
+ * DatumGetUInt16
* Returns 16-bit unsigned integer value of a datum.
*/
#define DatumGetUInt16(X) ((uint16) GET_2_BYTES(X))
/*
- * UInt16GetDatum --
+ * UInt16GetDatum
* Returns datum representation for a 16-bit unsigned integer.
*/
#define UInt16GetDatum(X) ((Datum) SET_2_BYTES(X))
/*
- * DatumGetInt32 --
+ * DatumGetInt32
* Returns 32-bit integer value of a datum.
*/
#define DatumGetInt32(X) ((int32) GET_4_BYTES(X))
/*
- * Int32GetDatum --
+ * Int32GetDatum
* Returns datum representation for a 32-bit integer.
*/
#define Int32GetDatum(X) ((Datum) SET_4_BYTES(X))
/*
- * DatumGetUInt32 --
+ * DatumGetUInt32
* Returns 32-bit unsigned integer value of a datum.
*/
#define DatumGetUInt32(X) ((uint32) GET_4_BYTES(X))
/*
- * UInt32GetDatum --
+ * UInt32GetDatum
* Returns datum representation for a 32-bit unsigned integer.
*/
#define UInt32GetDatum(X) ((Datum) SET_4_BYTES(X))
/*
- * DatumGetObjectId --
+ * DatumGetObjectId
* Returns object identifier value of a datum.
*/
#define DatumGetObjectId(X) ((Oid) GET_4_BYTES(X))
/*
- * ObjectIdGetDatum --
+ * ObjectIdGetDatum
* Returns datum representation for an object identifier.
*/
#define ObjectIdGetDatum(X) ((Datum) SET_4_BYTES(X))
/*
- * DatumGetPointer --
+ * DatumGetPointer
* Returns pointer value of a datum.
*/
#define DatumGetPointer(X) ((Pointer) X)
/*
- * PointerGetDatum --
+ * PointerGetDatum
* Returns datum representation for a pointer.
*/
#define PointerGetDatum(X) ((Datum) X)
/*
- * DatumGetName --
+ * DatumGetName
* Returns name value of a datum.
*/
#define DatumGetName(X) ((Name) DatumGetPointer((Datum) X))
/*
- * NameGetDatum --
+ * NameGetDatum
* Returns datum representation for a name.
*/
/*
- * DatumGetFloat32 --
+ * DatumGetFloat32
* Returns 32-bit floating point value of a datum.
* This is really a pointer, of course.
*/
#define DatumGetFloat32(X) ((float32) DatumGetPointer((Datum) X))
/*
- * Float32GetDatum --
+ * Float32GetDatum
* Returns datum representation for a 32-bit floating point number.
* This is really a pointer, of course.
*/
#define Float32GetDatum(X) PointerGetDatum((Pointer) X)
/*
- * DatumGetFloat64 --
+ * DatumGetFloat64
* Returns 64-bit floating point value of a datum.
* This is really a pointer, of course.
*/
#define DatumGetFloat64(X) ((float64) DatumGetPointer(X))
/*
- * Float64GetDatum --
+ * Float64GetDatum
* Returns datum representation for a 64-bit floating point number.
* This is really a pointer, of course.
*/
* ----------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
- * BoolIsValid --
+ * BoolIsValid
* True iff bool is valid.
*/
#define BoolIsValid(boolean) ((boolean) == false || (boolean) == true)
/*
- * PointerIsValid --
+ * PointerIsValid
* True iff pointer is valid.
*/
#define PointerIsValid(pointer) (bool)((void*)(pointer) != NULL)
/*
- * PointerIsInBounds --
+ * PointerIsInBounds
* True iff pointer is within given bounds.
*
* Note:
((min) <= (pointer) && (pointer) < (max))
/*
- * PointerIsAligned --
+ * PointerIsAligned
* True iff pointer is properly aligned to point to the given type.
*/
#define PointerIsAligned(pointer, type) \
* ----------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
- * offsetof --
+ * offsetof
* Offset of a structure/union field within that structure/union.
*
* XXX This is supposed to be part of stddef.h, but isn't on
#endif /* offsetof */
/*
- * lengthof --
+ * lengthof
* Number of elements in an array.
*/
#define lengthof(array) (sizeof (array) / sizeof ((array)[0]))
/*
- * endof --
+ * endof
* Address of the element one past the last in an array.
*/
#define endof(array) (&array[lengthof(array)])
*/
/*
- * Trap --
+ * Trap
* Generates an exception if the given condition is true.
*
*/
#endif /* USE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
/*
- * LogTrap --
+ * LogTrap
* Generates an exception with a message if the given condition is true.
*
*/
* ----------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
- * Max --
+ * Max
* Return the maximum of two numbers.
*/
#define Max(x, y) ((x) > (y) ? (x) : (y))
/*
- * Min --
+ * Min
* Return the minimum of two numbers.
*/
#define Min(x, y) ((x) < (y) ? (x) : (y))
/*
- * Abs --
+ * Abs
* Return the absolute value of the argument.
*/
#define Abs(x) ((x) >= 0 ? (x) : -(x))
/*
- * StrNCpy --
+ * StrNCpy
* Does string copy, and forces terminating NULL
*/
/* we do this so if the macro is used in an if action, it will work */
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * catalog.h--
+ * catalog.h
* prototypes for functions in lib/catalog/catalog.c
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: catalog.h,v 1.6 1998/09/01 04:34:39 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: catalog.h,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:21:01 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * catname.h--
+ * catname.h
* POSTGRES system catalog relation name definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: catname.h,v 1.10 1998/09/01 04:34:40 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: catname.h,v 1.11 1999/02/13 23:21:02 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * heap.h--
+ * heap.h
* prototypes for functions in lib/catalog/heap.c
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: heap.h,v 1.17 1999/02/02 03:45:16 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: heap.h,v 1.18 1999/02/13 23:21:03 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * index.h--
+ * index.h
* prototypes for index.c.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: index.h,v 1.14 1999/01/21 22:48:14 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: index.h,v 1.15 1999/02/13 23:21:03 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * indexing.h--
+ * indexing.h
* This include provides some definitions to support indexing
* on system catalogs
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: indexing.h,v 1.18 1998/09/01 04:34:44 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: indexing.h,v 1.19 1999/02/13 23:21:03 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pg_aggregate.h--
+ * pg_aggregate.h
* definition of the system "aggregate" relation (pg_aggregate)
* along with the relation's initial contents.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pg_aggregate.h,v 1.19 1998/12/30 19:56:30 wieck Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_aggregate.h,v 1.20 1999/02/13 23:21:04 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* the genbki.sh script reads this file and generates .bki
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pg_am.h--
+ * pg_am.h
* definition of the system "am" relation (pg_am)
* along with the relation's initial contents.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pg_am.h,v 1.10 1998/12/15 12:46:49 vadim Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_am.h,v 1.11 1999/02/13 23:21:04 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* the genbki.sh script reads this file and generates .bki
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pg_amop.h--
+ * pg_amop.h
* definition of the system "amop" relation (pg_amop)
* along with the relation's initial contents.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pg_amop.h,v 1.18 1998/10/22 13:50:58 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_amop.h,v 1.19 1999/02/13 23:21:05 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* the genbki.sh script reads this file and generates .bki
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pg_amproc.h--
+ * pg_amproc.h
* definition of the system "amproc" relation (pg_amproce)
* along with the relation's initial contents. The amproc
* catalog is used to store procedures used by indexed access
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pg_amproc.h,v 1.11 1998/10/03 05:40:52 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_amproc.h,v 1.12 1999/02/13 23:21:06 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* the genbki.sh script reads this file and generates .bki
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pg_attrdef.h--
+ * pg_attrdef.h
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pg_attribute.h--
+ * pg_attribute.h
* definition of the system "attribute" relation (pg_attribute)
* along with the relation's initial contents.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pg_attribute.h,v 1.44 1998/09/10 15:32:30 vadim Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_attribute.h,v 1.45 1999/02/13 23:21:07 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* the genbki.sh script reads this file and generates .bki
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pg_class.h--
+ * pg_class.h
* definition of the system "relation" relation (pg_class)
* along with the relation's initial contents.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pg_class.h,v 1.26 1998/12/15 12:46:50 vadim Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_class.h,v 1.27 1999/02/13 23:21:08 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* ``pg_relation'' is being replaced by ``pg_class''. currently
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pg_database.h--
+ * pg_database.h
* definition of the system "database" relation (pg_database)
* along with the relation's initial contents.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pg_database.h,v 1.7 1998/09/01 04:34:54 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_database.h,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:21:08 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* the genbki.sh script reads this file and generates .bki
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pg_description.h--
+ * pg_description.h
* definition of the system "description" relation (pg_description)
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pg_description.h,v 1.7 1998/09/01 04:34:55 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_description.h,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:21:09 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* the genbki.sh script reads this file and generates .bki
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pg_group.h--
+ * pg_group.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pg_group.h,v 1.5 1998/09/01 04:34:56 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_group.h,v 1.6 1999/02/13 23:21:09 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* the genbki.sh script reads this file and generates .bki
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pg_index.h--
+ * pg_index.h
* definition of the system "index" relation (pg_index)
* along with the relation's initial contents.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pg_index.h,v 1.10 1998/09/10 15:32:32 vadim Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_index.h,v 1.11 1999/02/13 23:21:10 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* the genbki.sh script reads this file and generates .bki
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pg_inheritproc.h--
+ * pg_inheritproc.h
* definition of the system "inheritproc" relation (pg_inheritproc)
* along with the relation's initial contents.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pg_inheritproc.h,v 1.5 1998/09/01 04:34:59 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_inheritproc.h,v 1.6 1999/02/13 23:21:10 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* the genbki.sh script reads this file and generates .bki
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pg_inherits.h--
+ * pg_inherits.h
* definition of the system "inherits" relation (pg_inherits)
* along with the relation's initial contents.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pg_inherits.h,v 1.6 1998/09/01 04:35:00 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_inherits.h,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:21:10 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* the genbki.sh script reads this file and generates .bki
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pg_ipl.h--
+ * pg_ipl.h
* definition of the system "ipl" relation (pg_ipl)
* along with the relation's initial contents.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pg_ipl.h,v 1.5 1998/09/01 04:35:01 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_ipl.h,v 1.6 1999/02/13 23:21:10 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* the genbki.sh script reads this file and generates .bki
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pg_language.h--
+ * pg_language.h
* definition of the system "language" relation (pg_language)
* along with the relation's initial contents.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pg_language.h,v 1.7 1998/09/01 04:35:03 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_language.h,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:21:11 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* the genbki.sh script reads this file and generates .bki
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pg_listener.h--
+ * pg_listener.h
* Asynchronous notification
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pg_listener.h,v 1.5 1998/09/01 04:35:04 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_listener.h,v 1.6 1999/02/13 23:21:11 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* the genbki.sh script reads this file and generates .bki
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pg_log.h--
+ * pg_log.h
* the system log relation "pg_log" is not a "heap" relation.
* it is automatically created by the transam/ code and the
* information here is all bogus and is just here to make the
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pg_log.h,v 1.5 1998/09/01 04:35:05 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_log.h,v 1.6 1999/02/13 23:21:11 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* The structures and macros used by the transam/ code
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pg_opclass.h--
+ * pg_opclass.h
* definition of the system "opclass" relation (pg_opclass)
* along with the relation's initial contents.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pg_opclass.h,v 1.15 1998/10/22 20:40:46 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_opclass.h,v 1.16 1999/02/13 23:21:11 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* the genbki.sh script reads this file and generates .bki
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pg_operator.h--
+ * pg_operator.h
* definition of the system "operator" relation (pg_operator)
* along with the relation's initial contents.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pg_operator.h,v 1.48 1998/12/30 19:56:31 wieck Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_operator.h,v 1.49 1999/02/13 23:21:11 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* the genbki.sh script reads this file and generates .bki
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pg_parg.h--
+ * pg_parg.h
* definition of the system "parg" relation (pg_parg)
* along with the relation's initial contents.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pg_parg.h,v 1.6 1998/09/01 04:35:09 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_parg.h,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:21:12 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* the genbki.sh script reads this file and generates .bki
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pg_proc.h--
+ * pg_proc.h
* definition of the system "procedure" relation (pg_proc)
* along with the relation's initial contents.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pg_proc.h,v 1.88 1999/02/13 04:19:54 thomas Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_proc.h,v 1.89 1999/02/13 23:21:12 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* The script catalog/genbki.sh reads this file and generates .bki
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pg_relcheck.h--
+ * pg_relcheck.h
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pg_rewrite.h--
+ * pg_rewrite.h
* definition of the system "rewrite-rule" relation (pg_rewrite)
* along with the relation's initial contents.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pg_rewrite.h,v 1.6 1998/09/01 04:35:13 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_rewrite.h,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:21:14 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* the genbki.sh script reads this file and generates .bki
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pg_shadow.h--
+ * pg_shadow.h
* definition of the system "shadow" relation (pg_shadow)
* along with the relation's initial contents.
* pg_user is now a public accessible view on pg_shadow.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pg_shadow.h,v 1.3 1998/09/01 04:35:14 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_shadow.h,v 1.4 1999/02/13 23:21:14 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* the genbki.sh script reads this file and generates .bki
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pg_statistic.h--
+ * pg_statistic.h
* definition of the system "statistic" relation (pg_statistic)
* along with the relation's initial contents.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pg_statistic.h,v 1.5 1998/09/01 04:35:15 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_statistic.h,v 1.6 1999/02/13 23:21:15 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* the genbki.sh script reads this file and generates .bki
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pg_trigger.h--
+ * pg_trigger.h
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pg_type.h--
+ * pg_type.h
* definition of the system "type" relation (pg_type)
* along with the relation's initial contents.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pg_type.h,v 1.53 1998/12/30 19:56:33 wieck Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_type.h,v 1.54 1999/02/13 23:21:15 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* the genbki.sh script reads this file and generates .bki
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pg_variable.h--
+ * pg_variable.h
* the system variable relation "pg_variable" is not a "heap" relation.
* it is automatically created by the transam/ code and the
* information here is all bogus and is just here to make the
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pg_variable.h,v 1.5 1998/09/01 04:35:19 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_variable.h,v 1.6 1999/02/13 23:21:15 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* The structures and macros used by the transam/ code
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pg_version.h--
+ * pg_version.h
* definition of the system "version" relation (pg_version)
* along with the relation's initial contents.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pg_version.h,v 1.7 1998/09/01 04:35:20 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_version.h,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:21:16 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* the genbki.sh script reads this file and generates .bki
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * async.h--
+ * async.h
* Asynchronous notification: NOTIFY, LISTEN, UNLISTEN
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: async.h,v 1.10 1998/10/06 02:40:08 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: async.h,v 1.11 1999/02/13 23:21:17 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * cluster.h--
+ * cluster.h
* header file for postgres cluster command stuff
*
* Copyright (c) 1994-5, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: cluster.h,v 1.6 1998/09/01 04:35:23 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: cluster.h,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:21:17 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * command.h--
+ * command.h
* prototypes for command.c.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: command.h,v 1.11 1998/12/18 09:09:52 vadim Exp $
+ * $Id: command.h,v 1.12 1999/02/13 23:21:18 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern MemoryContext PortalExecutorHeapMemory;
/*
- * PerformPortalFetch --
+ * PerformPortalFetch
* Performs the POSTQUEL function FETCH. Fetches count (or all if 0)
* tuples in portal with name in the forward direction iff goForward.
*
char *tag, CommandDest dest);
/*
- * PerformPortalClose --
+ * PerformPortalClose
* Performs the POSTQUEL function CLOSE.
*/
extern void PerformPortalClose(char *name, CommandDest dest);
extern void PortalCleanup(Portal portal);
/*
- * PerformAddAttribute --
+ * PerformAddAttribute
* Performs the POSTQUEL function ADD.
*/
extern void PerformAddAttribute(char *relationName, char *userName,
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * copy.h--
+ * copy.h
* Definitions for using the POSTGRES copy command.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: copy.h,v 1.4 1998/09/01 04:35:26 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: copy.h,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:21:18 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * creatinh.h--
+ * creatinh.h
* prototypes for creatinh.c.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: creatinh.h,v 1.8 1998/09/01 04:35:27 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: creatinh.h,v 1.9 1999/02/13 23:21:18 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * dbcommands.h--
+ * dbcommands.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: dbcommands.h,v 1.6 1998/09/01 04:35:29 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: dbcommands.h,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:21:18 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * defrem.h--
+ * defrem.h
* POSTGRES define and remove utility definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: defrem.h,v 1.14 1999/01/21 22:48:16 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: defrem.h,v 1.15 1999/02/13 23:21:18 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * explain.h--
+ * explain.h
* prototypes for explain.c
*
* Copyright (c) 1994-5, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: explain.h,v 1.7 1998/09/01 04:35:31 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: explain.h,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:21:19 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * proclang.h--
+ * proclang.h
* prototypes for proclang.c.
*
*
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * recipe.h--
+ * recipe.h
* recipe handling routines
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: recipe.h,v 1.6 1998/09/01 04:35:33 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: recipe.h,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:21:19 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * rename.h--
+ * rename.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: rename.h,v 1.5 1998/09/01 04:35:34 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: rename.h,v 1.6 1999/02/13 23:21:19 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * sequence.h--
+ * sequence.h
* prototypes for sequence.c.
*
*
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * trigger.h--
+ * trigger.h
* prototypes for trigger.c.
*
*
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * user.h--
+ * user.h
*
*
*
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * vacuum.h--
+ * vacuum.h
* header file for postgres vacuum cleaner
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: vacuum.h,v 1.16 1998/09/01 04:35:39 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: vacuum.h,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:21:20 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * version.h--
+ * version.h
* Header file for versions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: version.h,v 1.6 1998/09/01 04:35:41 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: version.h,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:21:20 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * view.h--
+ * view.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: view.h,v 1.6 1998/09/01 04:35:43 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: view.h,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:21:20 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * execFlatten.h--
+ * execFlatten.h
* prototypes for execFlatten.c.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: execFlatten.h,v 1.7 1998/09/01 04:35:44 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: execFlatten.h,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:21:22 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * execdebug.h--
+ * execdebug.h
* #defines governing debugging behaviour in the executor
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: execdebug.h,v 1.6 1998/09/01 04:35:46 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: execdebug.h,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:21:22 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * execdefs.h--
+ * execdefs.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: execdefs.h,v 1.3 1998/09/01 04:35:47 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: execdefs.h,v 1.4 1999/02/13 23:21:22 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * execdesc.h--
+ * execdesc.h
* plan and query descriptor accessor macros used by the executor
* and related modules.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: execdesc.h,v 1.9 1998/09/01 04:35:48 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: execdesc.h,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:21:23 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * executor.h--
+ * executor.h
* support for the POSTGRES executor module
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: executor.h,v 1.30 1999/02/08 14:14:18 wieck Exp $
+ * $Id: executor.h,v 1.31 1999/02/13 23:21:23 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * functions.h--
+ * functions.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: functions.h,v 1.8 1998/09/01 04:35:51 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: functions.h,v 1.9 1999/02/13 23:21:24 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * hashjoin.h--
+ * hashjoin.h
* internal structures for hash table and buckets
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: hashjoin.h,v 1.7 1998/09/01 04:35:52 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: hashjoin.h,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:21:24 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * nodeAgg.h--
+ * nodeAgg.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: nodeAgg.h,v 1.8 1998/09/01 04:35:53 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: nodeAgg.h,v 1.9 1999/02/13 23:21:24 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * nodeAppend.h--
+ * nodeAppend.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: nodeAppend.h,v 1.9 1998/09/01 04:35:54 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: nodeAppend.h,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:21:25 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * nodeGroup.h--
+ * nodeGroup.h
* prototypes for nodeGroup.c
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: nodeGroup.h,v 1.8 1999/01/18 00:10:02 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: nodeGroup.h,v 1.9 1999/02/13 23:21:25 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * nodeHash.h--
+ * nodeHash.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: nodeHash.h,v 1.10 1998/09/01 04:35:57 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: nodeHash.h,v 1.11 1999/02/13 23:21:25 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * nodeHashjoin.h--
+ * nodeHashjoin.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: nodeHashjoin.h,v 1.10 1998/09/01 04:35:58 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: nodeHashjoin.h,v 1.11 1999/02/13 23:21:26 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * nodeIndexscan.h--
+ * nodeIndexscan.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: nodeIndexscan.h,v 1.7 1998/09/01 04:35:59 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: nodeIndexscan.h,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:21:26 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * nodeMaterial.h--
+ * nodeMaterial.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: nodeMaterial.h,v 1.8 1998/09/01 04:36:01 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: nodeMaterial.h,v 1.9 1999/02/13 23:21:26 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * nodeMergejoin.h--
+ * nodeMergejoin.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: nodeMergejoin.h,v 1.9 1998/09/01 04:36:02 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: nodeMergejoin.h,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:21:26 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * nodeNestloop.h--
+ * nodeNestloop.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: nodeNestloop.h,v 1.8 1999/02/12 17:24:55 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: nodeNestloop.h,v 1.9 1999/02/13 23:21:27 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * nodeResult.h--
+ * nodeResult.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: nodeResult.h,v 1.7 1998/09/01 04:36:04 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: nodeResult.h,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:21:27 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * nodeSeqscan.h--
+ * nodeSeqscan.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: nodeSeqscan.h,v 1.7 1998/09/01 04:36:05 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: nodeSeqscan.h,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:21:28 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * nodeSort.h--
+ * nodeSort.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: nodeSort.h,v 1.7 1998/09/01 04:36:07 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: nodeSort.h,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:21:28 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * nodeSubplan.h--
+ * nodeSubplan.h
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * nodeTee.h--
+ * nodeTee.h
* support functions for a Tee executor node
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: nodeTee.h,v 1.7 1998/10/08 18:30:31 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: nodeTee.h,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:21:29 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * nodeUnique.h--
+ * nodeUnique.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: nodeUnique.h,v 1.7 1998/09/01 04:36:11 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: nodeUnique.h,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:21:29 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * spi.h--
+ * spi.h
*
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * spi.c--
+ * spi.c
* Server Programming Interface private declarations
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/include/executor/spi_priv.h,v 1.1 1999/01/27 16:15:21 wieck Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/include/executor/spi_priv.h,v 1.2 1999/02/13 23:21:29 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * tuptable.h--
+ * tuptable.h
* tuple table support stuff
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: tuptable.h,v 1.9 1998/11/27 19:33:33 vadim Exp $
+ * $Id: tuptable.h,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:21:29 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* The tuple table interface is getting pretty ugly.
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * dllist.h--
+ * dllist.h
* simple doubly linked list primitives
* the elements of the list are void* so the lists can contain
* anything
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: dllist.h,v 1.8 1998/09/01 04:36:15 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: dllist.h,v 1.9 1999/02/13 23:21:30 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * fstack.h--
+ * fstack.h
* Fixed format stack definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: fstack.h,v 1.6 1998/09/01 04:36:16 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: fstack.h,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:21:30 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
- * FixedItem --
+ * FixedItem
* Fixed format stackable item chain component.
*
* Note:
};
/*
- * FixedStack --
+ * FixedStack
* Fixed format stack.
*/
typedef struct FixedStackData
typedef FixedStackData *FixedStack;
/*
- * FixedStackInit --
+ * FixedStackInit
* Iniitializes stack for structures with given fixed component offset.
*
* Exceptions:
extern void FixedStackInit(FixedStack stack, Offset offset);
/*
- * FixedStackPop --
+ * FixedStackPop
* Returns pointer to top structure on stack or NULL if empty stack.
*
* Exceptions:
Pointer FixedStackPop(FixedStack stack);
/*
- * FixedStackPush --
+ * FixedStackPush
* Places structure associated with pointer onto top of stack.
*
* Exceptions:
extern void FixedStackPush(FixedStack stack, Pointer pointer);
/*
- * FixedStackGetTop --
+ * FixedStackGetTop
* Returns pointer to top structure of a stack. This item is not poped.
*
* Note:
extern Pointer FixedStackGetTop(FixedStack stack);
/*
- * FixedStackGetNext --
+ * FixedStackGetNext
* Returns pointer to next structure after pointer of a stack.
*
* Note:
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * hasht.h--
+ * hasht.h
* hash table related functions that are not directly supported
* under utils/hash.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: hasht.h,v 1.6 1998/09/01 04:36:17 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: hasht.h,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:21:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * lispsort.h--
+ * lispsort.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: lispsort.h,v 1.4 1998/09/01 04:36:19 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: lispsort.h,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:21:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * qsort.h--
+ * qsort.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: qsort.h,v 1.6 1998/09/01 04:36:20 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: qsort.h,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:21:32 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * stringinfo.h--
+ * stringinfo.h
* Declarations/definitons for "string" functions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: stringinfo.h,v 1.9 1998/12/18 14:45:09 wieck Exp $
+ * $Id: stringinfo.h,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:21:32 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * auth.h--
+ * auth.h
* Definitions for network authentication routines
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: auth.h,v 1.10 1998/09/01 04:36:23 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: auth.h,v 1.11 1999/02/13 23:21:33 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * be-fsstubs.h--
+ * be-fsstubs.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: be-fsstubs.h,v 1.7 1998/09/01 04:36:24 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: be-fsstubs.h,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:21:34 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * crypt.h--
+ * crypt.h
* Interface to hba.c
*
*
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * hba.h--
+ * hba.h
* Interface to hba.c
*
*
- * $Id: hba.h,v 1.11 1998/09/01 04:36:25 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: hba.h,v 1.12 1999/02/13 23:21:35 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * libpq-be.h--
+ * libpq_be.h
* This file contains definitions for structures and
* externs for functions used by the POSTGRES backend.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: libpq-be.h,v 1.13 1999/01/11 03:56:11 scrappy Exp $
+ * $Id: libpq-be.h,v 1.14 1999/02/13 23:21:35 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * libpq-fs.h--
+ * libpq-fs.h
* definitions for using Inversion file system routines
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: libpq-fs.h,v 1.7 1998/09/01 04:36:28 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: libpq-fs.h,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:21:35 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * libpq.h--
+ * libpq.h
* POSTGRES LIBPQ buffer structure definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: libpq.h,v 1.26 1999/01/27 00:36:09 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: libpq.h,v 1.27 1999/02/13 23:21:35 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ----------------
- * PQArgBlock --
+ * PQArgBlock
* Information (pointer to array of this structure) required
* for the PQfn() call.
* ----------------
} PQArgBlock;
/* ----------------
- * TypeBlock --
+ * TypeBlock
* Information about an attribute.
* ----------------
*/
} TypeBlock;
/* ----------------
- * TupleBlock --
+ * TupleBlock
* Data of a tuple.
* ----------------
*/
} TupleBlock;
/* ----------------
- * GroupBuffer --
+ * GroupBuffer
* A group of tuples with the same attributes.
* ----------------
*/
} GroupBuffer;
/* ----------------
- * PortalBuffer --
+ * PortalBuffer
* Data structure of a portal buffer.
* ----------------
*/
} PortalBuffer;
/* ----------------
- * PortalEntry --
+ * PortalEntry
* an entry in the global portal table
*
* Note: the portalcxt is only meaningful for PQcalls made from
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pqcomm.h--
+ * pqcomm.h
* Definitions common to frontends and backends.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pqcomm.h,v 1.32 1999/01/17 03:04:55 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: pqcomm.h,v 1.33 1999/02/13 23:21:36 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pqsignal.h--
+ * pqsignal.h
* prototypes for the reliable BSD-style signal(2) routine.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pqsignal.h,v 1.8 1998/09/01 04:36:32 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: pqsignal.h,v 1.9 1999/02/13 23:21:36 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* This shouldn't be in libpq, but the monitor and some other
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * miscadmin.h--
+ * miscadmin.h
* this file contains general postgres administration and initialization
* stuff that used to be spread out between the following files:
* globals.h global variables
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: miscadmin.h,v 1.34 1998/10/08 18:30:18 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: miscadmin.h,v 1.35 1999/02/13 23:20:46 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* some of the information in this file will be moved to
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * execnodes.h--
+ * execnodes.h
* definitions for executor state nodes
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: execnodes.h,v 1.23 1999/02/07 16:17:14 wieck Exp $
+ * $Id: execnodes.h,v 1.24 1999/02/13 23:21:37 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * makefuncs.h--
+ * makefuncs.h
* prototypes for the creator functions (for primitive nodes)
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: makefuncs.h,v 1.15 1998/10/01 22:51:22 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: makefuncs.h,v 1.16 1999/02/13 23:21:38 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * memnodes.h--
+ * memnodes.h
* POSTGRES memory context node definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: memnodes.h,v 1.9 1999/02/06 16:50:30 wieck Exp $
+ * $Id: memnodes.h,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:21:38 momjian Exp $
*
* XXX the typedefs in this file are different from the other ???nodes.h;
* they are pointers to structures instead of the structures themselves.
#include
/*
- * MemoryContext --
+ * MemoryContext
* A logical context in which memory allocations occur.
*
* The types of memory contexts can be thought of as members of the
} *PortalHeapMemory;
/*
- * MemoryContextIsValid --
+ * MemoryContextIsValid
* True iff memory context is valid.
*/
#define MemoryContextIsValid(context) \
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * nodeFuncs.h--
+ * nodeFuncs.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: nodeFuncs.h,v 1.7 1998/09/01 04:36:40 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: nodeFuncs.h,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:21:38 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * nodes.h--
+ * nodes.h
* Definitions for tagged nodes.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: nodes.h,v 1.42 1999/02/12 06:43:45 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: nodes.h,v 1.43 1999/02/13 23:21:38 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * params.h--
+ * params.h
* Declarations/definitions of stuff needed to handle parameterized plans.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: params.h,v 1.9 1998/09/01 04:36:42 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: params.h,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:21:38 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * parsenodes.h--
+ * parsenodes.h
* definitions for parse tree nodes
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: parsenodes.h,v 1.69 1999/02/02 03:45:21 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: parsenodes.h,v 1.70 1999/02/13 23:21:39 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pg_list.h--
+ * pg_list.h
* POSTGRES generic list package
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pg_list.h,v 1.9 1998/09/01 04:36:44 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_list.h,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:21:39 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * plannodes.h--
+ * plannodes.h
* definitions for query plan nodes
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: plannodes.h,v 1.21 1999/02/09 17:03:12 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: plannodes.h,v 1.22 1999/02/13 23:21:40 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * primnodes.h--
+ * primnodes.h
* Definitions for parse tree/query tree ("primitive") nodes.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: primnodes.h,v 1.24 1999/01/24 00:28:34 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: primnodes.h,v 1.25 1999/02/13 23:21:40 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * execnodes.h--
+ * execnodes.h
* definitions for executor state nodes
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: print.h,v 1.9 1999/02/10 03:52:49 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: print.h,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:21:41 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * readfuncs.h--
+ * readfuncs.h
* header file for read.c and readfuncs.c. These functions are internal
* to the stringToNode interface and should not be used by anyone else.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: readfuncs.h,v 1.6 1998/09/01 04:36:49 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: readfuncs.h,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:21:41 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * relation.h--
+ * relation.h
* Definitions for internal planner nodes.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: relation.h,v 1.22 1999/02/12 17:24:59 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: relation.h,v 1.23 1999/02/13 23:21:42 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * clauses.h--
+ * clauses.h
* prototypes for clauses.c.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: clauses.h,v 1.14 1998/12/04 15:34:49 thomas Exp $
+ * $Id: clauses.h,v 1.15 1999/02/13 23:21:42 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * cost.h--
+ * cost.h
* prototypes for costsize.c and clausesel.c.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: cost.h,v 1.16 1999/02/12 17:25:05 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: cost.h,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:21:43 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include "nodes/relation.h"
/*
- * prototypes for costsize.c--
+ * prototypes for costsize.c
* routines to compute costs and sizes
*/
extern bool _enable_seqscan_;
extern int page_size(int tuples, int width);
/*
- * prototypes for fuctions in clausesel.h--
+ * prototypes for fuctions in clausesel.h
* routines to compute clause selectivities
*/
extern void set_clause_selectivities(List *restrictinfo_list, Cost new_selectivity);
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * geqo.h--
+ * geqo.h
* prototypes for various files in optimizer/geqo
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: geqo.h,v 1.10 1999/02/10 21:02:45 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: geqo.h,v 1.11 1999/02/13 23:21:44 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * geqo_copy.h--
+ * geqo_copy.h
* prototypes for copy functions in optimizer/geqo
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: geqo_copy.h,v 1.6 1998/09/01 04:36:57 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: geqo_copy.h,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:21:44 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * geqo_gene.h--
+ * geqo_gene.h
* genome representation in optimizer/geqo
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: geqo_gene.h,v 1.6 1998/09/01 04:36:58 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: geqo_gene.h,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:21:45 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * geqo_misc.h--
+ * geqo_misc.h
* prototypes for printout routines in optimizer/geqo
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: geqo_misc.h,v 1.8 1999/02/10 21:02:47 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: geqo_misc.h,v 1.9 1999/02/13 23:21:46 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * geqo_mutation.h--
+ * geqo_mutation.h
* prototypes for mutation functions in optimizer/geqo
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: geqo_mutation.h,v 1.6 1998/09/01 04:37:00 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: geqo_mutation.h,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:21:47 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * geqo_paths.h--
+ * geqo_paths.h
* prototypes for various subroutines in geqo_path.c
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: geqo_paths.h,v 1.8 1999/02/12 05:57:06 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: geqo_paths.h,v 1.9 1999/02/13 23:21:47 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * geqo_pool.h--
+ * geqo_pool.h
* pool representation in optimizer/geqo
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: geqo_pool.h,v 1.6 1998/09/01 04:37:03 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: geqo_pool.h,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:21:47 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * geqo_random.h--
+ * geqo_random.h
* random number generator
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: geqo_random.h,v 1.3 1998/09/01 04:37:04 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: geqo_random.h,v 1.4 1999/02/13 23:21:48 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * geqo_recombination.h--
+ * geqo_recombination.h
* prototypes for recombination in the genetic query optimizer
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: geqo_recombination.h,v 1.6 1998/09/01 04:37:06 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: geqo_recombination.h,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:21:48 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * geqo_selection.h--
+ * geqo_selection.h
* prototypes for selection routines in optimizer/geqo
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: geqo_selection.h,v 1.6 1998/09/01 04:37:07 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: geqo_selection.h,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:21:49 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * internal.h--
+ * internal.h
* Definitions required throughout the query optimizer.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: internal.h,v 1.13 1999/02/09 17:03:14 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: internal.h,v 1.14 1999/02/13 23:21:49 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * joininfo.h--
+ * joininfo.h
* prototypes for joininfo.c.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: joininfo.h,v 1.9 1999/02/10 21:02:48 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: joininfo.h,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:21:49 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * keys.h--
+ * keys.h
* prototypes for keys.c.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: keys.h,v 1.11 1999/02/11 17:00:49 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: keys.h,v 1.12 1999/02/13 23:21:49 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * ordering.h--
+ * ordering.h
* prototypes for ordering.c.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: ordering.h,v 1.12 1999/02/11 17:00:49 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: ordering.h,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:21:49 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pathnode.h--
+ * pathnode.h
* prototypes for pathnode.c, indexnode.c, relnode.c.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pathnode.h,v 1.13 1999/02/12 06:43:53 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: pathnode.h,v 1.14 1999/02/13 23:21:49 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * paths.h--
+ * paths.h
* prototypes for various files in optimizer/paths (were separate
* header files
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: paths.h,v 1.14 1999/02/12 05:57:08 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: paths.h,v 1.15 1999/02/13 23:21:50 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * plancat.h--
+ * plancat.h
* prototypes for plancat.c.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: plancat.h,v 1.10 1998/10/08 18:30:32 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: plancat.h,v 1.11 1999/02/13 23:21:50 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * planmain.h--
+ * planmain.h
* prototypes for various files in optimizer/plan
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: planmain.h,v 1.20 1999/02/09 17:03:14 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: planmain.h,v 1.21 1999/02/13 23:21:50 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
* prototypes for plan/initsplan.c
*/
-extern void init_base_rels_tlist(Query *root, List *tlist);
-extern void init_base_rels_qual(Query *root, List *clauses);
+extern void make_var_only_tlist(Query *root, List *tlist);
+extern void add_restrict_and_join_to_rels(Query *root, List *clauses);
extern void init_join_info(List *rel_list);
extern void add_missing_vars_to_tlist(Query *root, List *tlist);
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * planner.h--
+ * planner.h
* prototypes for planner.c.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: planner.h,v 1.9 1998/09/01 04:37:18 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: planner.h,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:21:51 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * prep.h--
+ * prep.h
* prototypes for files in prep.c
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: prep.h,v 1.13 1998/09/01 04:37:19 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: prep.h,v 1.14 1999/02/13 23:21:52 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * restrictinfo.h--
+ * restrictinfo.h
* prototypes for restrictinfo.c.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: restrictinfo.h,v 1.1 1999/02/03 20:15:53 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: restrictinfo.h,v 1.2 1999/02/13 23:21:52 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include "nodes/pg_list.h"
#include "nodes/relation.h"
-extern bool valid_or_clause(RestrictInfo * restrictinfo);
+extern bool valid_or_clause(RestrictInfo *restrictinfo);
extern List *get_actual_clauses(List *restrictinfo_list);
extern void get_relattvals(List *restrictinfo_list, List **attnos,
List **values, List **flags);
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * subselect.h--
+ * subselect.h
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * tlist.h--
+ * tlist.h
* prototypes for tlist.c.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: tlist.h,v 1.14 1999/02/10 21:02:50 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: tlist.h,v 1.15 1999/02/13 23:21:53 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern TargetEntry *tlistentry_member(Var *var, List *targetlist);
extern Expr *matching_tlvar(Var *var, List *targetlist);
-extern void add_tl_element(RelOptInfo *rel, Var *var);
+extern void add_var_to_tlist(RelOptInfo *rel, Var *var);
extern TargetEntry *create_tl_element(Var *var, int resdomno);
extern List *get_actual_tlist(List *tlist);
extern Resdom *tlist_member(Var *var, List *tlist);
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * var.h--
+ * var.h
* prototypes for var.c.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: var.h,v 1.6 1998/09/01 04:37:23 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: var.h,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:21:54 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * xfunc.h--
+ * xfunc.h
* prototypes for xfunc.c and predmig.c.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: xfunc.h,v 1.14 1999/02/12 17:25:05 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: xfunc.h,v 1.15 1999/02/13 23:21:54 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* function prototypes from planner/path/xfunc.c */
extern void xfunc_trypullup(RelOptInfo *rel);
extern int xfunc_shouldpull(Path *childpath, JoinPath *parentpath,
- int whichchild, RestrictInfo * maxcinfopt);
-extern RestrictInfo *xfunc_pullup(Path *childpath, JoinPath *parentpath, RestrictInfo * cinfo,
+ int whichchild, RestrictInfo *maxcinfopt);
+extern RestrictInfo *xfunc_pullup(Path *childpath, JoinPath *parentpath, RestrictInfo *cinfo,
int whichchild, int clausetype);
extern Cost xfunc_rank(Expr *clause);
extern Cost xfunc_expense(Query *queryInfo, Expr *clause);
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * gramparse.h--
+ * gramparse.h
* scanner support routines. used by both the bootstrap lexer
* as well as the normal lexer
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: gramparse.h,v 1.8 1998/09/01 04:37:27 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: gramparse.h,v 1.9 1999/02/13 23:21:55 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * keywords.h--
+ * keywords.h
* string,atom lookup thingy, reduces strcmp traffic greatly
* in the bowels of the system. Look for actual defs in lib/C/atoms.c
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: keywords.h,v 1.5 1998/09/01 04:37:28 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: keywords.h,v 1.6 1999/02/13 23:21:55 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * parse_func.h--
+ * parse_func.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: parse_func.h,v 1.13 1998/12/08 06:18:27 thomas Exp $
+ * $Id: parse_func.h,v 1.14 1999/02/13 23:21:57 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * catalog_utils.h--
+ * catalog_utils.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: parse_oper.h,v 1.6 1998/09/01 04:37:37 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: parse_oper.h,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:21:57 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
- /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * parse_query.h--
+ * parse_query.h
* prototypes for parse_query.c.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: parse_relation.h,v 1.8 1998/09/01 04:37:38 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: parse_relation.h,v 1.9 1999/02/13 23:21:57 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * parsetree.h--
+ * parsetree.h
* Routines to access various components and subcomponents of
* parse trees.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: parsetree.h,v 1.5 1998/09/01 04:37:43 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: parsetree.h,v 1.6 1999/02/13 23:21:57 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * scansup.h--
+ * scansup.h
* scanner support routines. used by both the bootstrap lexer
* as well as the normal lexer
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: scansup.h,v 1.5 1998/09/01 04:37:44 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: scansup.h,v 1.6 1999/02/13 23:21:57 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * postgres.h--
+ * postgres.h
* definition of (and support for) postgres system types.
* this file is included by almost every .c in the system
*
* Copyright (c) 1995, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: postgres.h,v 1.19 1998/09/01 04:34:01 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: postgres.h,v 1.20 1999/02/13 23:20:46 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * postgres_ext.h--
+ * postgres_ext.h
*
* This file contains declarations of things that are visible
* external to Postgres. For example, the Oid type is part of a
* use header files that are otherwise internal to Postgres to interface
* with the backend.
*
- * $Id: postgres_ext.h,v 1.2 1997/09/07 04:55:41 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: postgres_ext.h,v 1.3 1999/02/13 23:20:47 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
* SOFTWARE.
* -
- * --Copyright--
+ * --Copyright
*/
/*
* @(#)cdefs.h 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/2/93
- * $Id: cdefs.h,v 1.4 1998/09/01 04:37:51 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: cdefs.h,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:21:58 momjian Exp $
*/
#ifndef _CDEFS_H_
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * locks.h--
+ * locks.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: locks.h,v 1.10 1998/10/02 16:27:58 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: locks.h,v 1.11 1999/02/13 23:21:59 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * prs2lock.h--
+ * prs2lock.h
* data structures for POSTGRES Rule System II (rewrite rules only)
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: prs2lock.h,v 1.8 1998/09/01 04:37:59 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: prs2lock.h,v 1.9 1999/02/13 23:21:59 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * rewriteDefine.h--
+ * rewriteDefine.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: rewriteDefine.h,v 1.6 1998/09/01 04:38:00 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: rewriteDefine.h,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:21:59 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * rewriteHandler.h--
+ * rewriteHandler.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: rewriteHandler.h,v 1.7 1999/01/18 00:10:12 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: rewriteHandler.h,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:22:00 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * rewriteManip.h--
+ * rewriteManip.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: rewriteManip.h,v 1.12 1999/01/18 00:10:16 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: rewriteManip.h,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:22:00 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * rewriteRemove.h--
+ * rewriteRemove.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: rewriteRemove.h,v 1.4 1998/09/01 04:38:04 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: rewriteRemove.h,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:22:01 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * rewriteSupport.h--
+ * rewriteSupport.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: rewriteSupport.h,v 1.9 1998/09/01 04:38:05 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: rewriteSupport.h,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:22:01 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * rusagestub.h--
+ * rusagestub.h
* Stubs for getrusage(3).
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: rusagestub.h,v 1.3 1998/09/01 04:34:02 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: rusagestub.h,v 1.4 1999/02/13 23:20:47 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * backendid.h--
+ * backendid.h
* POSTGRES backend id communication definitions
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: backendid.h,v 1.5 1998/09/01 04:38:06 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: backendid.h,v 1.6 1999/02/13 23:22:02 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * block.h--
+ * block.h
* POSTGRES disk block definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: block.h,v 1.7 1998/09/01 04:38:08 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: block.h,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:22:02 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
*/
/*
- * BlockNumberIsValid --
+ * BlockNumberIsValid
* True iff blockNumber is valid.
*/
#define BlockNumberIsValid(blockNumber) \
((bool) ((int32) (blockNumber) != InvalidBlockNumber))
/*
- * BlockIdIsValid --
+ * BlockIdIsValid
* True iff the block identifier is valid.
*/
#define BlockIdIsValid(blockId) \
((bool) PointerIsValid(blockId))
/*
- * BlockIdSet --
+ * BlockIdSet
* Sets a block identifier to the specified value.
*/
#define BlockIdSet(blockId, blockNumber) \
)
/*
- * BlockIdCopy --
+ * BlockIdCopy
* Copy a block identifier.
*/
#define BlockIdCopy(toBlockId, fromBlockId) \
)
/*
- * BlockIdEquals --
+ * BlockIdEquals
* Check for block number equality.
*/
#define BlockIdEquals(blockId1, blockId2) \
(blockId1)->bi_lo == (blockId2)->bi_lo)
/*
- * BlockIdGetBlockNumber --
+ * BlockIdGetBlockNumber
* Retrieve the block number from a block identifier.
*/
#define BlockIdGetBlockNumber(blockId) \
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * buf.h--
+ * buf.h
* Basic buffer manager data types.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: buf.h,v 1.4 1998/09/01 04:38:09 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: buf.h,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:22:03 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
typedef long Buffer;
/*
- * BufferIsInvalid --
+ * BufferIsInvalid
* True iff the buffer is invalid.
*/
#define BufferIsInvalid(buffer) ((buffer) == InvalidBuffer)
/*
- * BufferIsUnknown --
+ * BufferIsUnknown
* True iff the buffer is unknown.
*/
#define BufferIsUnknown(buffer) ((buffer) == UnknownBuffer)
/*
- * BufferIsLocal --
+ * BufferIsLocal
* True iff the buffer is local (not visible to other servers).
*/
#define BufferIsLocal(buffer) ((buffer) < 0)
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * buf_internals.h--
+ * buf_internals.h
* Internal definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: buf_internals.h,v 1.27 1998/12/15 12:46:55 vadim Exp $
+ * $Id: buf_internals.h,v 1.28 1999/02/13 23:22:03 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTE
* If BUFFERPAGE0 is defined, then 0 will be used as a
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * bufmgr.h--
+ * bufmgr.h
* POSTGRES buffer manager definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: bufmgr.h,v 1.24 1998/12/15 12:46:56 vadim Exp $
+ * $Id: bufmgr.h,v 1.25 1999/02/13 23:22:04 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#define BufferDescriptorGetBuffer(bdesc) ((bdesc)->buf_id + 1)
/*
- * BufferIsPinned --
+ * BufferIsPinned
* True iff the buffer is pinned (and therefore valid)
*
* Note:
/*
- * BufferIsValid --
+ * BufferIsValid
* True iff the refcnt of the local buffer is > 0
* Note:
* BufferIsValid(InvalidBuffer) is False.
)
/*
- * BufferGetBlock --
+ * BufferGetBlock
* Returns a reference to a disk page image associated with a buffer.
*
* Note:
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * bufpage.h--
+ * bufpage.h
* Standard POSTGRES buffer page definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: bufpage.h,v 1.20 1998/09/01 04:38:13 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: bufpage.h,v 1.21 1999/02/13 23:22:04 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
*/
/*
- * PageIsValid --
+ * PageIsValid
* True iff page is valid.
*/
#define PageIsValid(page) PointerIsValid(page)
*/
/*
- * PageIsUsed --
+ * PageIsUsed
* True iff the page size is used.
*
* Note:
)
/*
- * PageIsEmpty --
+ * PageIsEmpty
* returns true iff no itemid has been allocated on the page
*/
#define PageIsEmpty(page) \
(sizeof(PageHeaderData) - sizeof(ItemIdData)) ? true : false)
/*
- * PageIsNew --
+ * PageIsNew
* returns true iff page is not initialized (by PageInit)
*/
#define PageIsNew(page) (((PageHeader) (page))->pd_upper == 0)
/*
- * PageGetItemId --
+ * PageGetItemId
* Returns an item identifier of a page.
*/
#define PageGetItemId(page, offsetNumber) \
*/
/*
- * PageSizeIsValid --
+ * PageSizeIsValid
* True iff the page size is valid.
*
* XXX currently all page sizes are "valid" but we only actually
#define PageSizeIsValid(pageSize) ((pageSize) == BLCKSZ)
/*
- * PageGetPageSize --
+ * PageGetPageSize
* Returns the page size of a page.
*
* this can only be called on a formatted page (unlike
((Size) ((PageHeader) (page))->pd_opaque.od_pagesize)
/*
- * PageSetPageSize --
+ * PageSetPageSize
* Sets the page size of a page.
*/
#define PageSetPageSize(page, size) \
* ----------------
*/
/*
- * PageGetSpecialSize --
+ * PageGetSpecialSize
* Returns size of special space on a page.
*
* Note:
((uint16) (PageGetPageSize(page) - ((PageHeader)(page))->pd_special))
/*
- * PageGetSpecialPointer --
+ * PageGetSpecialPointer
* Returns pointer to special space on a page.
*
* Note:
)
/*
- * PageGetItem --
+ * PageGetItem
* Retrieves an item on the given page.
*
* Note:
)
/*
- * BufferGetPageSize --
+ * BufferGetPageSize
* Returns the page size within a buffer.
*
* Notes:
)
/*
- * BufferGetPage --
+ * BufferGetPage
* Returns the page associated with a buffer.
*/
#define BufferGetPage(buffer) ((Page)BufferGetBlock(buffer))
/*
- * PageGetMaxOffsetNumber --
+ * PageGetMaxOffsetNumber
* Returns the maximum offset number used by the given page.
*
* NOTE: The offset is invalid if the page is non-empty.
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * fd.h--
+ * fd.h
* Virtual file descriptor definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: fd.h,v 1.11 1998/09/01 04:38:14 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: fd.h,v 1.12 1999/02/13 23:22:05 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * ipc.h--
+ * ipc.h
* POSTGRES inter-process communication definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: ipc.h,v 1.31 1998/12/15 12:46:57 vadim Exp $
+ * $Id: ipc.h,v 1.32 1999/02/13 23:22:05 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* This file is very architecture-specific. This stuff should actually
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * item.h--
+ * item.h
* POSTGRES disk item definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: item.h,v 1.4 1998/09/01 04:38:17 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: item.h,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:22:06 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * itemid.h--
+ * itemid.h
* Standard POSTGRES buffer page item identifier definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: itemid.h,v 1.7 1998/09/01 04:38:18 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: itemid.h,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:22:06 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
((itemId)->lp_flags)
/*
- * ItemIdIsValid --
+ * ItemIdIsValid
* True iff disk item identifier is valid.
*/
#define ItemIdIsValid(itemId) PointerIsValid(itemId)
/*
- * ItemIdIsUsed --
+ * ItemIdIsUsed
* True iff disk item identifier is in use.
*
* Note:
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * itempos.h--
+ * itempos.h
* Standard POSTGRES buffer page long item subposition definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: itempos.h,v 1.6 1998/09/01 04:38:19 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: itempos.h,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:22:06 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * itemptr.h--
+ * itemptr.h
* POSTGRES disk item pointer definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: itemptr.h,v 1.9 1998/09/01 04:38:20 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: itemptr.h,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:22:06 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
*/
/*
- * ItemPointerIsValid --
+ * ItemPointerIsValid
* True iff the disk item pointer is not NULL.
*/
#define ItemPointerIsValid(pointer) \
((bool) (PointerIsValid(pointer) && ((pointer)->ip_posid != 0)))
/*
- * ItemPointerGetBlockNumber --
+ * ItemPointerGetBlockNumber
* Returns the block number of a disk item pointer.
*/
#define ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(pointer) \
)
/*
- * ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber --
+ * ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber
* Returns the offset number of a disk item pointer.
*/
#define ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(pointer) \
)
/*
- * ItemPointerSet --
+ * ItemPointerSet
* Sets a disk item pointer to the specified block and offset.
*/
#define ItemPointerSet(pointer, blockNumber, offNum) \
)
/*
- * ItemPointerSetBlockNumber --
+ * ItemPointerSetBlockNumber
* Sets a disk item pointer to the specified block.
*/
#define ItemPointerSetBlockNumber(pointer, blockNumber) \
)
/*
- * ItemPointerSetOffsetNumber --
+ * ItemPointerSetOffsetNumber
* Sets a disk item pointer to the specified offset.
*/
#define ItemPointerSetOffsetNumber(pointer, offsetNumber) \
)
/*
- * ItemPointerCopy --
+ * ItemPointerCopy
* Copies the contents of one disk item pointer to another.
*/
#define ItemPointerCopy(fromPointer, toPointer) \
)
/*
- * ItemPointerSetInvalid --
+ * ItemPointerSetInvalid
* Sets a disk item pointer to be invalid.
*/
#define ItemPointerSetInvalid(pointer) \
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * large_object.h--
+ * large_object.h
* file of info for Postgres large objects. POSTGRES 4.2 supports
* zillions of large objects (internal, external, jaquith, inversion).
* Now we only support inversion.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: large_object.h,v 1.9 1998/09/01 04:38:22 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: large_object.h,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:22:06 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * lmgr.h--
+ * lmgr.h
* POSTGRES lock manager definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: lmgr.h,v 1.16 1998/12/15 12:46:57 vadim Exp $
+ * $Id: lmgr.h,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:22:07 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * lock.h--
+ * lock.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: lock.h,v 1.20 1998/12/15 12:46:58 vadim Exp $
+ * $Id: lock.h,v 1.21 1999/02/13 23:22:07 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* we store is the number of locks of each type (holders) and the
* total number of locks (nHolding) held by the transaction.
*
- * NOTE: --
+ * NOTE:
* There were some problems with the fact that currently TransactionIdData
* is a 5 byte entity and compilers long word aligning of structure fields.
* If the 3 byte padding is put in front of the actual xid data then the
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * multilev.h--
+ * multilev.h
* multi level lock table consts/defs for single.c and multi.c and their
* clients
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: multilev.h,v 1.14 1998/10/08 18:30:46 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: multilev.h,v 1.15 1999/02/13 23:22:07 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * off.h--
+ * off.h
* POSTGRES disk "offset" definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: off.h,v 1.5 1998/09/01 04:38:26 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: off.h,v 1.6 1999/02/13 23:22:08 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
*/
/*
- * OffsetNumberIsValid --
+ * OffsetNumberIsValid
* True iff the offset number is valid.
*/
#define OffsetNumberIsValid(offsetNumber) \
(offsetNumber <= MaxOffsetNumber)))
/*
- * OffsetNumberNext --
- * OffsetNumberPrev --
+ * OffsetNumberNext
+ * OffsetNumberPrev
* Increments/decrements the argument. These macros look pointless
* but they help us disambiguate the different manipulations on
* OffsetNumbers (e.g., sometimes we substract one from an
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * page.h--
+ * page.h
* POSTGRES buffer page abstraction definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: page.h,v 1.4 1998/09/01 04:38:27 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: page.h,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:22:09 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
typedef Pointer Page;
/*
- * PageIsValid --
+ * PageIsValid
* True iff page is valid.
*/
#define PageIsValid(page) PointerIsValid(page)
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pagenum.h--
+ * pagenum.h
* POSTGRES page number definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pagenum.h,v 1.6 1998/09/01 04:38:29 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: pagenum.h,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:22:09 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#define InvalidLogicalPageNumber 0
/*
- * LogicalPageNumberIsValid --
+ * LogicalPageNumberIsValid
* True iff the logical page number is valid.
*/
#define LogicalPageNumberIsValid(pageNumber) \
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pos.h--
+ * pos.h
* POSTGRES "position" definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pos.h,v 1.5 1998/09/01 04:38:30 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: pos.h,v 1.6 1999/02/13 23:22:09 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
*/
/*
- * PositionIdIsValid --
+ * PositionIdIsValid
* True iff the position identifier is valid.
*/
#define PositionIdIsValid(positionId) \
PointerIsValid(positionId)
/*
- * PositionIdSetInvalid --
+ * PositionIdSetInvalid
* Make an invalid position.
*/
#define PositionIdSetInvalid(positionId) \
*(positionId) = (bits16) 0
/*
- * PositionIdSet --
+ * PositionIdSet
* Sets a position identifier to the specified value.
*/
#define PositionIdSet(positionId, offsetNumber) \
*(positionId) = (offsetNumber)
/*
- * PositionIdGetOffsetNumber --
+ * PositionIdGetOffsetNumber
* Retrieve the offset number from a position identifier.
*/
#define PositionIdGetOffsetNumber(positionId) \
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * proc.h--
+ * proc.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: proc.h,v 1.16 1998/12/15 12:46:59 vadim Exp $
+ * $Id: proc.h,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:22:09 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern PROC *MyProc;
-#define PROC_INCR_SLOCK(lock) if (MyProc) (MyProc->sLocks[(lock)])++
-#define PROC_DECR_SLOCK(lock) if (MyProc) (MyProc->sLocks[(lock)])--
+#define PROC_INCR_SLOCK(lock) if (MyProc) ((MyProc->sLocks[(lock)])++)
+#define PROC_DECR_SLOCK(lock) if (MyProc) ((MyProc->sLocks[(lock)])--)
/*
* flags explaining why process woke up
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * s_lock.h--
+ * s_lock.h
* This file contains the implementation (if any) for spinlocks.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/include/storage/s_lock.h,v 1.57 1998/12/15 12:46:59 vadim Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/include/storage/s_lock.h,v 1.58 1999/02/13 23:22:09 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * shmem.h--
+ * shmem.h
* shared memory management structures
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: shmem.h,v 1.14 1998/09/01 04:38:33 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: shmem.h,v 1.15 1999/02/13 23:22:10 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * sinval.h--
+ * sinval.h
* POSTGRES shared cache invalidation communication definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: sinval.h,v 1.9 1998/09/01 04:38:34 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: sinval.h,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:22:10 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * sinvaladt.h--
+ * sinvaladt.h
* POSTGRES shared cache invalidation segment definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: sinvaladt.h,v 1.10 1998/09/01 04:38:36 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: sinvaladt.h,v 1.11 1999/02/13 23:22:10 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * smgr.h--
+ * smgr.h
* storage manager switch public interface declarations.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: smgr.h,v 1.13 1998/10/08 18:30:47 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: smgr.h,v 1.14 1999/02/13 23:22:10 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * spin.h--
+ * spin.h
* synchronization routines
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: spin.h,v 1.7 1998/09/01 04:38:38 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: spin.h,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:22:10 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * dest.h--
+ * dest.h
* Whenever the backend executes a query, the results
* have to go someplace - either to the standard output,
* to a local portal buffer or to a remote portal buffer.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: dest.h,v 1.17 1999/01/27 00:36:08 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: dest.h,v 1.18 1999/02/13 23:22:11 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * fastpath.h--
+ * fastpath.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: fastpath.h,v 1.4 1998/09/01 04:38:41 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: fastpath.h,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:22:12 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* This information pulled out of tcop/fastpath.c and put
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pquery.h--
+ * pquery.h
* prototypes for pquery.c.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pquery.h,v 1.11 1998/09/01 04:38:43 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: pquery.h,v 1.12 1999/02/13 23:22:13 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * tcopdebug.h--
+ * tcopdebug.h
* #defines governing debugging behaviour in the traffic cop
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: tcopdebug.h,v 1.3 1998/09/01 04:38:44 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: tcopdebug.h,v 1.4 1999/02/13 23:22:13 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * tcopprot.h--
+ * tcopprot.h
* prototypes for postgres.c.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: tcopprot.h,v 1.16 1998/09/01 04:38:45 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: tcopprot.h,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:22:13 momjian Exp $
*
* OLD COMMENTS
* This file was created so that other c files could get the two
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * utility.h--
+ * utility.h
* prototypes for utility.c.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: utility.h,v 1.6 1998/09/01 04:38:47 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: utility.h,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:22:13 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * acl.h--
+ * acl.h
* Definition of (and support for) access control list data structures.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: acl.h,v 1.18 1998/09/01 04:38:48 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: acl.h,v 1.19 1999/02/13 23:22:14 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* For backward-compatability purposes we have to allow there
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * array.h--
+ * array.h
* Utilities for the new array code. Contain prototypes from the
* following files:
* utils/adt/arrayfuncs.c
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: array.h,v 1.14 1998/09/01 04:38:50 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: array.h,v 1.15 1999/02/13 23:22:15 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* XXX the data array should be LONGALIGN'd -- notice that the array
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * bit.h--
+ * bit.h
* Standard bit array definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: bit.h,v 1.4 1998/09/01 04:38:51 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: bit.h,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:22:15 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#define BitsPerByte 8
/*
- * BitArraySetBit --
+ * BitArraySetBit
* Sets (to 1) the value of a bit in a bit array.
*/
extern void BitArraySetBit(BitArray bitArray, BitIndex bitIndex);
/*
- * BitArrayClearBit --
+ * BitArrayClearBit
* Clears (to 0) the value of a bit in a bit array.
*/
extern void BitArrayClearBit(BitArray bitArray, BitIndex bitIndex);
/*
- * BitArrayBitIsSet --
+ * BitArrayBitIsSet
* True iff the bit is set (1) in a bit array.
*/
extern bool BitArrayBitIsSet(BitArray bitArray, BitIndex bitIndex);
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * builtins.h--
+ * builtins.h
* Declarations for operations on built-in types.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: builtins.h,v 1.73 1998/12/30 19:56:34 wieck Exp $
+ * $Id: builtins.h,v 1.74 1999/02/13 23:22:15 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* This should normally only be included by fmgr.h.
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * catcache.h--
+ * catcache.h
* Low-level catalog cache definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: catcache.h,v 1.13 1998/09/01 04:38:55 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: catcache.h,v 1.14 1999/02/13 23:22:16 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * datetime.h--
+ * datetime.h
* Definitions for the datetime
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: datetime.h,v 1.6 1998/09/01 04:38:56 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: datetime.h,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:22:16 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * datum.h--
+ * datum.h
* POSTGRES abstract data type datum representation definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: datum.h,v 1.8 1998/09/01 04:38:58 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: datum.h,v 1.9 1999/02/13 23:22:16 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * dt.h--
+ * dt.h
* Definitions for the date/time and other date/time support code.
* The support code is shared with other date data types,
* including abstime, reltime, date, and time.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: dt.h,v 1.35 1999/02/13 04:15:33 thomas Exp $
+ * $Id: dt.h,v 1.36 1999/02/13 23:22:17 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * dynahash--
+ * dynahash
* POSTGRES dynahash.h file definitions
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: dynahash.h,v 1.5 1998/09/01 04:39:00 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: dynahash.h,v 1.6 1999/02/13 23:22:18 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * dynamic_loader.h--
+ * dynamic_loader.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: dynamic_loader.h,v 1.9 1998/09/01 04:39:02 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: dynamic_loader.h,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:22:18 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * elog.h--
+ * elog.h
* POSTGRES error logging definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: elog.h,v 1.9 1999/01/18 00:10:17 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: elog.h,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:22:18 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * exc.h--
+ * exc.h
* POSTGRES exception handling definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: exc.h,v 1.14 1998/09/01 04:39:04 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: exc.h,v 1.15 1999/02/13 23:22:18 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * excid.h--
+ * excid.h
* POSTGRES known exception identifier definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: excid.h,v 1.5 1998/09/01 04:39:06 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: excid.h,v 1.6 1999/02/13 23:22:19 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * fcache.h--
+ * fcache.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: fcache.h,v 1.7 1998/09/01 04:39:07 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: fcache.h,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:22:19 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * fcache2.h--
+ * fcache2.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: fcache2.h,v 1.7 1998/09/01 04:39:08 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: fcache2.h,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:22:20 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * fmgrtab.h--
+ * fmgrtab.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: fmgrtab.h,v 1.8 1998/09/01 04:39:09 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: fmgrtab.h,v 1.9 1999/02/13 23:22:21 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * hsearch.h--
+ * hsearch.h
* for hashing in the new buffer manager
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: hsearch.h,v 1.9 1998/09/01 04:39:12 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: hsearch.h,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:22:22 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * builtins.h--
+ * builtins.h
* Declarations for operations on built-in types.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: inet.h,v 1.2 1998/10/21 16:06:50 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: inet.h,v 1.3 1999/02/13 23:22:23 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * int8.h--
+ * int8.h
* Declarations for operations on 64-bit integers.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: int8.h,v 1.9 1999/02/13 04:13:56 thomas Exp $
+ * $Id: int8.h,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:22:23 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* These data types are supported on all 64-bit architectures, and may
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * inval.h--
+ * inval.h
* POSTGRES cache invalidation dispatcher definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: inval.h,v 1.10 1998/10/12 00:53:36 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: inval.h,v 1.11 1999/02/13 23:22:23 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * lselect.h--
+ * lselect.h
* definitions for the replacement selection algorithm.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: lselect.h,v 1.11 1998/09/01 04:39:16 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: lselect.h,v 1.12 1999/02/13 23:22:24 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * lsyscache.h--
+ * lsyscache.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: lsyscache.h,v 1.15 1998/09/01 04:39:18 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: lsyscache.h,v 1.16 1999/02/13 23:22:24 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * mcxt.h--
+ * mcxt.h
* POSTGRES memory context definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: mcxt.h,v 1.11 1998/09/01 04:39:19 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: mcxt.h,v 1.12 1999/02/13 23:22:24 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
- * MaxAllocSize --
+ * MaxAllocSize
* Arbitrary limit on size of allocations.
*
* Note:
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * memutils.h--
+ * memutils.h
* this file contains general memory alignment, allocation
* and manipulation stuff that used to be spread out
* between the following files:
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: memutils.h,v 1.20 1999/02/06 16:50:33 wieck Exp $
+ * $Id: memutils.h,v 1.21 1999/02/13 23:22:25 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* some of the information in this file will be moved to
*/
/*
- * AllocPointer --
+ * AllocPointer
* Aligned pointer which may be a member of an allocation set.
*/
typedef Pointer AllocPointer;
/*
- * AllocMode --
+ * AllocMode
* Mode of allocation for an allocation set.
*
* Note:
#define DefaultAllocMode DynamicAllocMode
/*
- * AllocBlock --
+ * AllocBlock
* Small pieces of memory are taken from bigger blocks of
* memory with a size aligned to a power of two. These
* pieces are not free's separately, instead they are reused
typedef AllocBlockData *AllocBlock;
/*
- * AllocChunk --
+ * AllocChunk
* The prefix of each piece of memory in an AllocBlock
*/
typedef struct AllocChunkData {
typedef AllocChunkData *AllocChunk;
/*
- * AllocSet --
+ * AllocSet
* Allocation set.
*/
typedef struct AllocSetData
typedef AllocSetData *AllocSet;
/*
- * AllocPointerIsValid --
+ * AllocPointerIsValid
* True iff pointer is valid allocation pointer.
*/
#define AllocPointerIsValid(pointer) PointerIsValid(pointer)
/*
- * AllocSetIsValid --
+ * AllocSetIsValid
* True iff set is valid allocation set.
*/
#define AllocSetIsValid(set) PointerIsValid(set)
typedef int LibCCopyLength;
/*
- * MemoryCopy --
+ * MemoryCopy
* Copies fixed length block of memory to another.
*/
#define MemoryCopy(toBuffer, fromBuffer, length)\
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * module.h--
+ * module.h
* this file contains general "module" stuff that used to be
* spread out between the following files:
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: module.h,v 1.4 1998/09/01 04:39:21 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: module.h,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:22:25 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * nabstime.h--
+ * nabstime.h
* Definitions for the "new" abstime code.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: nabstime.h,v 1.17 1998/10/08 18:30:52 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: nabstime.h,v 1.18 1999/02/13 23:22:25 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern AbsoluteTime GetCurrentAbsoluteTime(void);
/*
- * getSystemTime --
+ * getSystemTime
* Returns system time.
*/
#define getSystemTime() \
/* ----------
- * numeric.h -
+ * numeric.h
*
* Definitions for the exact numeric data type of Postgres
*
* 1998 Jan Wieck
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/include/utils/numeric.h,v 1.3 1999/01/05 11:12:11 wieck Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/include/utils/numeric.h,v 1.4 1999/02/13 23:22:26 momjian Exp $
*
* ----------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * palloc.h--
+ * palloc.h
* POSTGRES memory allocator definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: palloc.h,v 1.7 1999/02/06 16:50:34 wieck Exp $
+ * $Id: palloc.h,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:22:26 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * portal.h--
+ * portal.h
* POSTGRES portal definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: portal.h,v 1.11 1999/02/06 16:50:34 wieck Exp $
+ * $Id: portal.h,v 1.12 1999/02/13 23:22:27 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
};
/*
- * PortalIsValid --
+ * PortalIsValid
* True iff portal is valid.
*/
#define PortalIsValid(p) PointerIsValid(p)
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * ps_status.h--
+ * ps_status.h
*
* Defines macros to show backend status on the ps status line.
* Unfortunately this is system dpendent.
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * psort.h--
+ * psort.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: psort.h,v 1.16 1998/09/01 04:39:28 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: psort.h,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:22:29 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * rel.h--
+ * rel.h
* POSTGRES relation descriptor definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: rel.h,v 1.21 1999/02/02 03:45:28 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: rel.h,v 1.22 1999/02/13 23:22:29 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#define InvalidRelation ((Relation)NULL)
/*
- * RelationIsValid --
+ * RelationIsValid
* True iff relation descriptor is valid.
*/
#define RelationIsValid(relation) PointerIsValid(relation)
/*
- * RelationGetSystemPort --
+ * RelationGetSystemPort
* Returns system port of a relation.
*
* Note:
#define RelationGetSystemPort(relation) ((relation)->rd_fd)
/*
- * RelationGetLockInfo --
+ * RelationGetLockInfo
* Returns the lock information structure in the reldesc
*
*/
#define RelationGetLockInfo(relation) ((relation)->lockInfo)
/*
- * RelationHasReferenceCountZero --
+ * RelationHasReferenceCountZero
* True iff relation reference count is zero.
*
* Note:
((bool)((relation)->rd_refcnt == 0))
/*
- * RelationSetReferenceCount --
+ * RelationSetReferenceCount
* Sets relation reference count.
*/
#define RelationSetReferenceCount(relation,count) ((relation)->rd_refcnt = count)
/*
- * RelationIncrementReferenceCount --
+ * RelationIncrementReferenceCount
* Increments relation reference count.
*/
#define RelationIncrementReferenceCount(relation) ((relation)->rd_refcnt += 1);
/*
- * RelationDecrementReferenceCount --
+ * RelationDecrementReferenceCount
* Decrements relation reference count.
*/
#define RelationDecrementReferenceCount(relation) ((relation)->rd_refcnt -= 1)
/*
- * RelationGetForm --
+ * RelationGetForm
* Returns relation attribute values for a relation.
*
* Note:
/*
- * RelationGetRelid --
+ * RelationGetRelid
*
* returns the object id of the relation
*
#define RelationGetRelid(relation) ((relation)->rd_id)
/*
- * RelationGetFile --
+ * RelationGetFile
*
* Returns the open File decscriptor
*/
/*
- * RelationGetRelationName --
+ * RelationGetRelationName
*
* Returns a Relation Name
*/
#define RelationGetRelationName(relation) (&(relation)->rd_rel->relname)
/*
- * RelationGetRelationName --
+ * RelationGetRelationName
*
* Returns a the number of attributes.
*/
#define RelationGetNumberOfAttributes(relation) ((relation)->rd_rel->relnatts)
/*
- * RelationGetDescr --
+ * RelationGetDescr
* Returns tuple descriptor for a relation.
*
* Note:
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * rel2.h--
+ * rel2.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: rel2.h,v 1.7 1998/09/01 04:39:31 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: rel2.h,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:22:30 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * relcache.h--
+ * relcache.h
* Relation descriptor cache definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: relcache.h,v 1.10 1998/09/01 04:39:32 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: relcache.h,v 1.11 1999/02/13 23:22:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * sets.h--
+ * sets.h
*
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: sets.h,v 1.4 1998/09/01 04:39:33 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: sets.h,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:22:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * syscache.h--
+ * syscache.h
* System catalog cache definitions.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: syscache.h,v 1.12 1998/09/01 04:39:34 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: syscache.h,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:22:32 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * temprel.h--
+ * temprel.h
* Temporary relation functions
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: temprel.h,v 1.1 1999/02/02 03:45:28 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: temprel.h,v 1.2 1999/02/13 23:22:32 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * tqual.h--
+ * tqual.h
* POSTGRES "time" qualification definitions.
*
* Should be moved/renamed... - vadim 07/28/98
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: tqual.h,v 1.19 1999/01/29 09:23:17 vadim Exp $
+ * $Id: tqual.h,v 1.20 1999/02/13 23:22:33 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern CommandId HeapSpecialCommandId;
/*
- * HeapTupleSatisfiesVisibility --
+ * HeapTupleSatisfiesVisibility
* True iff heap tuple satsifies a time qual.
*
* Note:
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * trace.h--
+ * trace.h
*
* Conditional trace definitions.
*
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * keywords.c--
+ * keywords.c
* lexical token lookup for reserved words in postgres embedded SQL
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * keywords.c--
+ * keywords.c
* lexical token lookup for reserved words in postgres embedded SQL
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * keywords.c--
+ * keywords.c
* lexical token lookup for reserved words in postgres SQL
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/ecpg/preproc/keywords.c,v 1.9 1999/02/04 04:58:04 scrappy Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/ecpg/preproc/keywords.c,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:22:35 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * libpgtcl.h--
+ * libpgtcl.h
*
* libpgtcl is a tcl package for front-ends to interface with PostgreSQL.
* It's a Tcl wrapper for libpq.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: libpgtcl.h,v 1.6 1998/09/21 01:01:58 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: libpgtcl.h,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:22:36 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pgtcl.c--
+ * pgtcl.c
*
* libpgtcl is a tcl package for front-ends to interface with PostgreSQL.
* It's a Tcl wrapper for libpq.
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpgtcl/Attic/pgtcl.c,v 1.13 1998/09/21 01:02:00 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpgtcl/Attic/pgtcl.c,v 1.14 1999/02/13 23:22:37 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pgtclCmds.c--
+ * pgtclCmds.c
* C functions which implement pg_* tcl commands
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpgtcl/Attic/pgtclCmds.c,v 1.40 1999/02/07 22:08:51 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpgtcl/Attic/pgtclCmds.c,v 1.41 1999/02/13 23:22:38 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#define DIGIT(c) ((c) - '0')
/*
- * translate_escape() --
+ * translate_escape()
*
* This function performs in-place translation of a single C-style
* escape sequence pointed by p. Curly braces { } and double-quote
}
/*
- * tcl_value() --
+ * tcl_value()
*
* This function does in-line conversion of a value returned by libpq
* into a tcl string or into a tcl list if the value looks like the
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pgtclCmds.h--
+ * pgtclCmds.h
* declarations for the C functions which implement pg_* tcl commands
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pgtclCmds.h,v 1.12 1998/09/21 01:02:02 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: pgtclCmds.h,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:22:38 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pgtclId.c--
+ * pgtclId.c
*
* Contains Tcl "channel" interface routines, plus useful routines
* to convert between strings and pointers. These are needed because
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpgtcl/Attic/pgtclId.c,v 1.17 1999/01/17 21:14:33 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpgtcl/Attic/pgtclId.c,v 1.18 1999/02/13 23:22:38 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pgtclId.h--
+ * pgtclId.h
*
* Contains Tcl "channel" interface routines, plus useful routines
* to convert between strings and pointers. These are needed because
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pgtclId.h,v 1.9 1998/09/21 01:02:04 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: pgtclId.h,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:22:39 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * fe-auth.c--
+ * fe-auth.c
* The front-end (client) authorization routines
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-auth.c,v 1.25 1999/01/22 13:28:50 scrappy Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-auth.c,v 1.26 1999/02/13 23:22:39 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * fe-connect.c--
+ * fe-connect.c
* functions related to setting up a connection to the backend
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-connect.c,v 1.91 1999/02/05 04:25:54 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-connect.c,v 1.92 1999/02/13 23:22:40 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * fe-exec.c--
+ * fe-exec.c
* functions related to sending a query down to the backend
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-exec.c,v 1.73 1999/02/07 22:08:52 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-exec.c,v 1.74 1999/02/13 23:22:41 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * fe-lobj.c--
+ * fe-lobj.c
* Front-end large object interface
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-lobj.c,v 1.18 1999/01/17 06:19:36 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-lobj.c,v 1.19 1999/02/13 23:22:41 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * fe-print.c--
+ * fe-print.c
* functions for pretty-printing query results
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
* didn't really belong there.
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-print.c,v 1.19 1999/02/05 04:25:54 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-print.c,v 1.20 1999/02/13 23:22:42 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * libpq-fe.h--
+ * libpq-fe.h
* This file contains definitions for structures and
* externs for functions used by frontend postgres applications.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: libpq-fe.h,v 1.48 1999/02/07 22:08:53 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: libpq-fe.h,v 1.49 1999/02/13 23:22:42 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * libpq-int.h--
+ * libpq-int.h
* This file contains internal definitions meant to be used only by
* the frontend libpq library, not by applications that call it.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: libpq-int.h,v 1.5 1998/11/18 00:47:26 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: libpq-int.h,v 1.6 1999/02/13 23:22:42 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pqsignal.c--
+ * pqsignal.c
* reliable BSD-style signal(2) routine stolen from RWW who stole it
* from Stevens...
*
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpq/pqsignal.c,v 1.9 1998/09/01 04:40:14 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpq/pqsignal.c,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:22:43 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* This shouldn't be in libpq, but the monitor and some other
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * pqsignal.h--
+ * pqsignal.h
* prototypes for the reliable BSD-style signal(2) routine.
*
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pqsignal.h,v 1.6 1999/01/17 03:04:57 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: pqsignal.h,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:22:43 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* This shouldn't be in libpq, but the monitor and some other
switch (fOption) {
- /* Statement Options --
+ /* Statement Options
(apply to all stmts on the connection and become defaults for new stmts)
*/
case SQL_ASYNC_ENABLE:
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * testlo.c--
+ * testlo.c
* test using large objects with libpq
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/test/examples/testlo.c,v 1.9 1998/06/15 19:30:31 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/test/examples/testlo.c,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:22:45 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * lotest.c--
+ * lotest.c
* test using large objects with libpq
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/test/examples/Attic/testlo2.c,v 1.8 1998/06/15 19:30:31 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/test/examples/Attic/testlo2.c,v 1.9 1999/02/13 23:22:46 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * beard.c--
+ * beard.c
* sample routines to use large objects
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/tutorial/Attic/beard.c,v 1.1 1998/03/01 04:51:01 scrappy Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/tutorial/Attic/beard.c,v 1.2 1999/02/13 23:22:47 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * DllMain --
+ * DllMain
*
* This routine is called by the Mingw32, Cygwin32 or VC++ C run
* time library init code, or the Borland DllEntryPoint routine. It
#define EMSG ""
/*
- * getopt --
+ * getopt
* Parse argc/argv argument vector.
*/
int
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * strdup.c--
+ * strdup.c
* copies a null-terminated string.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/utils/Attic/strdup.c,v 1.5 1998/02/26 04:46:47 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/utils/Attic/strdup.c,v 1.6 1999/02/13 23:22:52 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * version.c--
+ * version.c
* Routines to handle Postgres version number.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/utils/Attic/version.c,v 1.10 1999/01/17 06:20:06 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/utils/Attic/version.c,v 1.11 1999/02/13 23:22:53 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* XXX eventually, should be able to handle version identifiers
projects / postgresql.git / commitdiff